UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
| | |
(Mark One) | | |
þ | | Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2008
OR |
o | | Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
|
| | |
| | |
Commission FileNo. 1-14050
LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
| | |
Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | | 06-1308215 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
| | |
| | |
One Lexmark Centre Drive 740 West New Circle Road | | |
Lexington, Kentucky (Address of principal executive offices) | | 40550 (Zip Code) |
(859) 232-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| | |
| | Name of each exchange
|
Title of each class | | on which registered |
Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value | | New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 ofRegulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of thisForm 10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” inRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
| | | |
Large accelerated filer þ | Accelerated filer o | Non-accelerated filer o | Smaller reporting company o |
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined byRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yeso No þ
The aggregate market value of the shares of voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $3.0 billion based on the closing price for the Class A Common Stock on the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
As of February 20, 2009, there were outstanding 77,776,051 shares (excluding shares held in treasury) of the registrant’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01, which is the only class of voting common stock of the registrant, and there were no shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Certain information in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, is incorporated by reference in Part III of thisForm 10-K.
LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | Page of
|
| | | | Form 10-K |
|
PART I |
| Item 1. | | | BUSINESS | | | 1 | |
| Item 1A. | | | RISK FACTORS | | | 12 | |
| Item 1B. | | | UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS | | | 18 | |
| Item 2. | | | PROPERTIES | | | 18 | |
| Item 3. | | | LEGAL PROCEEDINGS | | | 18 | |
| Item 4. | | | SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS | | | 19 | |
|
PART II |
| Item 5. | | | MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES | | | 20 | |
| Item 6. | | | SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA | | | 23 | |
| Item 7. | | | MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS | | | 24 | |
| Item 7A. | | | QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK | | | 56 | |
| Item 8. | | | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA | | | 57 | |
| Item 9. | | | CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE | | | 108 | |
| Item 9A. | | | CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES | | | 108 | |
| Item 9B. | | | OTHER INFORMATION | | | 109 | |
|
PART III |
| Item 10. | | | DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE | | | 109 | |
| Item 11. | | | EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION | | | 109 | |
| Item 12. | | | SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS | | | 110 | |
| Item 13. | | | CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE | | | 110 | |
| Item 14. | | | PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES | | | 110 | |
|
PART IV |
| Item 15. | | | EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES | | | 110 | |
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report onForm 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are made based upon information that is currently available or management’s current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects upon the Company, speak only as of the date hereof, and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference herein to reflect any change in events, conditions or circumstances, or expectations with regard thereto, on which any such forward-looking statement is based, in whole or in part. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting the Company will be those anticipated by management, and there are a number of factors that could adversely affect the Company’s future operating results or cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from the estimates or expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, the factors set forth under the title “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this report. The information referred to above should be considered by investors when reviewing any forward-looking statements contained in this report, in any of the Company’s public filings or press releases or in any oral statements made by the Company or any of its officers or other persons acting on its behalf. The important factors that could affect forward-looking statements are subject to change, and the Company does not intend to update the factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this report. By means of this cautionary note, the Company intends to avail itself of the safe harbor from liability with respect to forward-looking statements that is provided by Section 27A and Section 21E referred to above.
Part I
General
Lexmark International, Inc., (“Lexmark” or the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation and the surviving company of a merger between itself and its former parent holding company, Lexmark International Group, Inc., (“Group”) consummated on July 1, 2000. Group was formed in July 1990 in connection with the acquisition of IBM Information Products Corporation from International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”). The acquisition was completed in March 1991. On November 15, 1995, Group completed its initial public offering of Class A Common Stock and Lexmark now trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LXK.”
Lexmark makes it easier for customers to move information between the digital and paper worlds. Since its inception in 1991, Lexmark has become a leading developer, manufacturer and supplier of printing and imaging solutions for offices and homes. Lexmark’s products include laser printers, inkjet printers, multifunction devices, and associated supplies, services and solutions. Lexmark develops and owns most of the technology for its laser and inkjet products and related solutions. Lexmark also sells dot matrix printers for printing single and multi-part forms by business users. The Company operates in the office products industry. The Company is primarily managed along divisional lines: the Printing Solutions and Services Division (formerly known as the Business market segment) and the Imaging Solutions Division (formerly known as the Consumer market segment). Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s reportable segments.
Revenue derived from international sales, including exports from the United States of America (“U.S.”), accounts for approximately 59% of the Company’s consolidated revenue, with Europe accounting for approximately two-thirds of international sales. Lexmark’s products are sold in more than 150 countries in North and South America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia, the Pacific Rim and the Caribbean. This geographic diversity offers the Company opportunities to participate in new markets, provides
1
diversification to its revenue stream and operations to help offset geographic economic trends, and utilizes the technical and business expertise of a worldwide workforce. Currency exchange rates had a favorable impact on international revenue in 2008 and an unfavorable impact on the Company’s costs and expenses.Refer to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Effect of Currency Exchange Rates and Exchange Rate Risk Managementfor more information. A summary of the Company’s revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area is found in Part II, Item 8, Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report onForm 10-K.
Market Overview1
Lexmark management believes that the total distributed output opportunity was between $90 and $100 billion in 2008, including hardware, supplies and related software and services. This opportunity includes printers and multifunction devices as well as a declining base of copiers and fax machines that are increasingly being integrated into multifunction devices. Based on industry information, Lexmark management estimates that the market may have declined slightly in 2008 and may decline again in 2009 due to the severe global economic slowdown. When global economic growth resumes, perhaps in 2010, the industry could again experience low to mid single digit annual revenue growth rates with the highest growth likely to be in multifunction products (“MFPs”) and related software solutions and services and emerging economies. The Company’s management believes that the integration of print/copy/fax/scan capabilities enables Lexmark to leverage strengths in network printing solutions. In general, as the hardcopy industry matures and printer and copier markets converge, the Company’s management expects competitive pressures to continue.
The Internet is positively impacting the distributed output market opportunity in several ways. As more information is available over the Internet, and new tools and solutions are being developed to access it, more of this information is being printed on distributed output devices. Lexmark’s management believes that an increasing percentage of this distributed output includes color and graphics, which tend to increase supplies usage. Growth in high-speed and wireless Internet access to the home is also contributing to increased printing on distributed devices.
The laser product market primarily serves business customers. Laser products can be divided into two major categories — shared workgroup products and lower-priced desktop products. Shared workgroup products are typically attached directly to large workgroup networks, while lower-priced desktop products are attached to personal computers (“PCs”) or small workgroup networks. Both product categories include color and monochrome laser offerings. The shared workgroup products include laser printers and multifunction devices, which typically include high-performance internal network adapters and are easily upgraded to include additional input and output capacity and finishing capabilities as well as additional memory and storage. Most shared workgroup products also have sophisticated network management tools and are available as single function printers and multifunction products that print/copy/fax/scan to network capabilities.
Industry laser printer unit growth in recent years has generally exceeded the growth rate of laser printer revenue due to unit growth in lower-priced desktop color and monochrome laser printers and unit price reductions. Additionally, color and multifunction products represent a more significant component of laser unit growth. The Company’s management believes these trends will continue. The pricing pressure is partially offset by the tendency of customers in the shared workgroup laser market to add higher profit margin optional features including document management solutions, paper handling and finishing and to purchase multifunction products. Pricing pressure is also partially offset by the opportunity to provide business solutions and services to customers who are increasingly looking for assistance to better manage and leverage their document-related costs and output infrastructure.
1 Certain information contained in the “Market Overview” section has been obtained from industry sources, public information and other internal and external sources. Data available from industry analysts varies widely among sources. The Company bases its analysis of market trends on the data available from several different industry analysts.
2
The inkjet product market historically has been predominantly a consumer market, but there is an increasing trend in inkjet products being designed for small office home office (“SOHO”) and small business that include network capability to act as shared devices. Additionally, over the past couple of years, the number of customers seeking productivity-related features has driven significant growth inall-in-one (“AIO”) products. Key factors promoting this trend are greater affordability of AIOs containing productivity features like wireless connectivity, ethernet connectivity, full fax capabilities, automatic document feeders and duplex capabilities. The Company’s management believes these trends will continue.
Strategy
Lexmark’s strategy is based on a business model of investing in technology to develop and sell printing solutions, including printers and multifunction products, with the objective of growing its installed base, which drives recurring supplies sales. Supplies are the profit engine of the business model. Supplies profit then funds new technology investments in products and solutions, which drive the cycle again and again. The Company’s management believes that Lexmark has the following strengths related to this business model:
| | |
| • | First, Lexmark is exclusively focused on distributed printing and imaging, and related document solutions. The Company’s management believes that this focus has enabled Lexmark to be responsive and flexible in meeting specific customer and channel partner needs. |
|
| • | Second, Lexmark internally develops three of the key print technologies associated with distributed printing, including inkjet, monochrome laser and color laser. The Company’s monochrome laser technology platform has historically allowed it to be a price/performance leader in enterprise network printer-based products and also build unique capabilities into its products that enable it to offer customized printing and document workflow solutions. Lexmark’s focus is to advance its inkjet technology, products and solutions to address higher usage customers. |
|
| • | Third, Lexmark has leveraged its technological capabilities and its commitment to flexibility and responsiveness to build strong relationships with large-account customers and channel partners, including major retail chains, distributors, direct-response catalogers and value-added resellers. Lexmark’s path-to-market includes industry-focused consultative sales and services teams that deliver unique and differentiated solutions to both large accounts and channel partners that sell into the Company’s target industries. |
Lexmark is focused on driving long-term value for its shareholders by strategically investing in technology and demand generation to profitably capture supplies in high page generating segments of the distributed printing market.
The Printing Solutions and Services Division (“PSSD”) is focused on growth in high page generating workgroup products, including monochrome lasers, color lasers and laser MFPs. Lexmark’s PSSD strategy requires that it provide its array of high-quality, technologically-advanced products and solutions at competitive prices. Lexmark continually enhances its products to ensure that they function efficiently in increasingly-complex enterprise network environments. It also provides flexible tools to enable network administrators to improve productivity. Lexmark’s PSSD target markets include large corporations, small and medium businesses (“SMBs”) and the public sector. Lexmark’s PSSD strategy also requires that it continually identify and focus on industry-specific issues and processes so that it can differentiate itself by offering unique industry solutions and related services.
The Imaging Solutions Division (“ISD”) is focused on growth in the higher page generating inkjet products sold to SOHO and businesses through both retail and non-retail channels and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) partner arrangements. ISD continues to aggressively shift its focus to geographic regions, product segments and customers that generate higher page usage. Lexmark’s goal is to create printing products and innovative solutions that make it easier for SOHO and small business users to improve their productivity.
3
Over the last several years, the Company increased investments in both the Company’s sales force and product and solution development. The Company increased its research and development spending by 5% in 2008, by 9% in 2007 and by 10% in 2006. This investment has led to new products and solutions aimed at targeted growth segments as well as a pipeline of future products.
Because of Lexmark’s exclusive focus on printing solutions, the Company has formed alliances and OEM arrangements to pursue incremental business opportunities through its alliance partners.
The Company’s strategy for dot matrix printers is to continue to offer high-quality products while managing cost to maximize cash flow and profit.
Products
Laser Products
Lexmark offers a wide range of monochrome and color laser printers and MFPs in addition to customized solutions and services designed to help businesses move beyond printing to optimizing their printing environment and improve associated workflow and business processes.
In 2008, Lexmark introduced over 40 new laser product models spanning small workgroup offerings through departmental MFPs.
In the monochrome laser category, the Company introduced a new family of workgroup laser printers and MFPs. The Lexmark T650 printer series and Lexmark X650 MFP series are designed with the environment in mind, they are equipped with a range of eco-conscious features. Many of the models come with built-in two-sided printing to reduce paper usage, Eco-Mode to reduce power consumption and Quiet Mode to minimize environmental noise. The family also offers access to extra-high-yield cartridges, which reduce the number of cartridges that are recycled or sent to the landfill.
The Lexmark T650 Series includes nine models designed to support small, medium and large workgroups. The Lexmark T654 models add the customizable Lexmark Embedded Solutions Framework, enabling expanded workflow solutions.
The Lexmark X650 Series MFP models are equipped with built-in two-sided printing and can utilize Lexmark’s Embedded Solutions Framework. The Lexmark X650 Series also features Lexmark’s award winninge-Task color touch screen, which makes it easy to complete complicated, multi-step processes at the touch of an icon. Individual users can even personalize their owne-Task touch screen with Lexmark’s new MyMFP solution. The Lexmark X658 models offer an intelligent alternative to office copiers with integrated finishing capabilities and a large input capacity in a compact, affordable device.
The Lexmark E200, E300 and E400 Series monochrome laser printers were refreshed with faster print speeds. Some models also include a new multipurpose feeder and all models feature built-in two-sided printing to reduce paper waste. The Lexmark E460 family offers a wireless model and access to a higher-yield cartridge than the previous generation.
The Company continues to offer the Lexmark E120 monochrome laser printer and the Lexmark X340 Series monochrome laser MFPs for desktop and small workgroup applications. Lexmark also continues to offer the Lexmark W840 monochrome laser printer and the Lexmark X850 Series monochrome laser MFPs for wide-format applications and advanced finishing requirements.
New additions to the color laser family in 2008 include the Lexmark C540 Series printers and X540 Series MFPs, Lexmark X560n MFP, Lexmark X782e XL MFP and C782n XL printer.
The Lexmark C540 Series, with single-pass laser technology, was designed for small workgroups and offers color output in a compact design. The Lexmark X540 Series are multifunction devices built off that same award-winning platform. Both are supported by the new Lexmark Rewards program, which encourages customers to return empty cartridges for recycling or remanufacturing and earn free genuine Lexmark toner and imaging kits. Both series feature models that are Wi-Fi CERTIFIEDtm 802.11n draft 2.0. The Lexmark X560 Series is designed for medium workgroups with a higher duty
4
cycle and higher-yield cartridges than the X540 Series. In some geographies the Company announced the Lexmark C782n XL color laser printer and Lexmark X782e XL color laser MFP, designed for high-volume color printing. These models, intended for medium to large workgroups, offer color toner cartridges that are priced the same as Lexmark black XL high-yield toner cartridges for this color laser family. This provides customers a viable option to outsourcing color print jobs. Additionally, these models offer higher-yield cartridges, which help customers conserve resources since cartridges need to be replaced less frequently.
The Company continues to offer the Lexmark C780 Series and C935 color laser printers and the Lexmark X782e, Lexmark X940e and Lexmark X945e color laser MFPs for large workgroups. These models print on a wide variety of documents, including difficult media like heavy card stock and vinyl labels and specialty papers like weather- and fade-resistant outdoor media and oversized banners. The C935 and X940e and X945e offer wide format printing.
Lexmark is vertically integrated, which gives the Company the ability to quickly respond to unique customer requirements and develop customized solutions to improve workflow. As a result of its insights into the specific processes required within industries, the Company can effectively customize thee-Task interface on its MFPs to allow customers to reduce complicated, multi-step processes within these industries to the touch of an icon. The interface can easily be customized to meet each customer’s unique workflow needs.
Inkjet Products
Lexmark’s inkjet products primarily include AIO printers that offer print, copy, scan and fax functionality targeted at SOHO and business users.
As the wireless market continues to increase substantially, Lexmark is meeting the growing demand for new printing products that afford the freedom of mobility. In 2008, Lexmark continued to find success with its wireless products by winning several of the industry’s top awards. Lexmark continues to offer an affordable line of wireless inkjet products in the market, with products ranging from $79 — $249. This year, Lexmark introduced 15 inkjet products, ten of which are Wi-Fi CERTIFIEDtm 802.11g.
Additionally, Lexmark is better meeting the needs of SOHO and business customers by offering more robustly designed and feature rich printers with lower operating costs. Lexmark’s Professional Series line of products include highly desired office features such as automatic document feeding and automatic two-sided printing. Business users also prefer print output with greater permanence. To meet this need, Lexmark offers pigmented ink technology which delivers output that resists fading, highlighting, water and humidity. Cost of printing is a large concern for business customers. That is why Lexmark’s Professional Series ships with high yield cartridges to offer the best value for business users. Lexmark also offers a five-year warranty on some Professional Series printers to ensure Lexmark’s reliability and commitment to productivity in the office.
Leading the new Lexmark wireless lineup is the Lexmark X7675 WirelessAll-in-One, a wirelessfour-in-one printer (print/scan/copy/fax) geared to SOHO and business users that includes features such as two-sided printing, fax, a 25-page automatic document feeder for copying and faxing, and photo printing with Lexmark’s pigmented inks. In 2008, Lexmark also introduced the business class Lexmark X4975, Lexmark X6675 and X9575, as well as the Lexmark X4650, X4950 and X6650 AIO printers, all of which offer wireless connectivity. Lexmark also offers a wireless single-function printer, the Z2420, that at the time of introduction was the most affordable wireless printer in the inkjet market.
For users who do not require wireless printing but need a feature-packed printer that is easy to use, the Company offers the Lexmark X2600, the Lexmark X3650, and the Lexmark X5650 color AIO printers as well as the Lexmark Z2300 color inkjet printer.
Dot Matrix Products
Lexmark continues to market several dot matrix printer models for customers who print multi-part forms.
5
Supplies
Lexmark designs, manufactures and distributes a variety of cartridges and other supplies for use in its installed base of laser, inkjet and dot matrix printers. Lexmark’s revenue and profit growth from its supplies business is directly linked to the Company’s ability to increase the installed base of its laser and inkjet products or the usage rate of those products. Lexmark’s management believes the Company is an industry leader with regard to the recovery, remanufacture, reuse and recycling of used laser supplies cartridges, helping to keep empty cartridges out of landfills. Attaining that leadership position was made possible by the Company’s various empty cartridge collection programs around the world. Lexmark continues to launch new programs and expand existing cartridge collection programs to further expand its remanufacturing business and this environmental commitment.
Service and Support
Lexmark offers a wide range of services to bring together the Company’s line of printing products and technology solutions along with maintenance, consulting, systems integration and distributed fleet management capabilities to provide a comprehensive output solution. Lexmark Global Services provide customers with an assessment of their current environment and a recommendation and implementation plan for the future state and ongoing optimization of their output environment and document related workflow/business processes. Managed print services allow organizations to outsource fleet management, technical support, supplies replenishment and maintenance activities to Lexmark.
Through its Distributed Fleet Management (“DFM”) services, Lexmark provides enterprise customers with managed print services, giving them complete visibility and control over their printing environment. These services include asset lifecycle management, consumables management and utilization management. These services can be tailored to meet each customer’s unique needs and give them more extensive knowledge about their printing assets and infrastructure.
The Company’s printer products generally include a warranty period of at least one year, and customers typically have the option to purchase an extended warranty.
Marketing and Distribution
Lexmark employs large-account sales and marketing teams whose mission is to generate demand for its business printing solutions and services, primarily among large corporations as well as the public sector. Sales and marketing teams primarily focus on industries such as financial services, retail, manufacturing, education, government and health care. Those teams, in conjunction with the Company’s development and manufacturing teams, are able to customize printing solutions to meet customer needs for printing electronic forms, media handling, duplex printing and other document workflow solutions. Lexmark also markets its laser and inkjet products increasingly through SMB teams who work closely with channel partners. The Company distributes and fulfills its products to business customers primarily through its well-established distributor and reseller network. Lexmark’s products are also sold through solution providers, which offer custom solutions to specific markets, and through direct response resellers.
Lexmark’s international sales and marketing activities for business customers are organized to meet the needs of the local jurisdictions and the size of their markets. Operations in North America, Latin America, Asia Pacific and Western Europe focus on large-account and SMB demand generation with orders primarily filled through distributors and resellers.
The Company’s laser printer supplies are generally available at the customer’s preferred point-of-purchase through multiple channels of distribution. Although channel mix varies somewhat depending upon the geography, most of Lexmark’s laser supplies products sold commercially in 2008 were sold through the Company’s network of Lexmark-authorized supplies distributors and resellers, who sell directly to end-users or to independent office supply dealers.
Lexmark distributes its branded inkjet products and supplies through retail outlets as well as distributors and resellers worldwide. Lexmark’s sales and marketing activities are organized to meet the needs of the
6
various geographies and the size of their markets. In North America, products are primarily distributed through large discount store chains, consumer electronics stores, office superstores, wholesale clubs, online, as well as through distributors. The Company’s Western European, Latin American and Asia Pacific operations distribute products through major distributors and information technology resellers and in selected markets through key retailers.
Lexmark also sells its products through numerous alliances and OEM arrangements. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, one customer, Dell, accounted for $596 million or approximately 13%, $717 million or approximately 14% and $744 million or approximately 15% of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. Sales to Dell are included in both PSSD and ISD.
Economic and Seasonal Trends
Lexmark’s business and results of operations have historically been affected by general economic conditions. From time to time, the Company’s sales may be negatively affected by weak economic conditions in those markets in which the Company sells its products. The recent global economic downturn, including unprecedented financial market disruptions, have adversely impacted the Company’s sales. If current economic conditions persist or worsen, the Company’s sales could continue to be adversely affected.
The Company experiences some seasonal market trends in the sale of its products and services. For example, sales are often stronger during the second half of the year and sales in Europe are often weaker in the summer months. Additionally, sales during the first half of the year may also be adversely impacted by market anticipation of seasonal trends such as new product introductions. The impact of these seasonal trends on Lexmark has become less predictable.
Competition
Lexmark continues to develop and market new products and innovative solutions at competitive prices. New product announcements by the Company’s principal competitors, however, can have, and in the past, have had, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial results. Such new product announcements can quickly undermine any technological competitive edge that one manufacturer may enjoy over another and set new market standards for price, quality, speed and functionality. Furthermore, knowledge in the marketplace about pending new product announcements by the Company’s competitors may also have a material adverse effect on Lexmark as purchasers of printers may defer buying decisions until the announcement and subsequent testing of such new products.
In recent years, Lexmark and its principal competitors, many of which have significantly greater financial, marketingand/or technological resources than the Company, have regularly lowered prices on hardware products and are expected to continue to do so. Lexmark has experienced and remains vulnerable to these pricing pressures. The Company’s ability to grow or maintain market share has been and may continue to be affected, resulting in lower profitability. Lexmark expects that as it competes with larger competitors, the Company’s increased market presence may attract more frequent challenges, both legal and commercial, including claims of possible intellectual property infringement.
The distributed printing market is extremely competitive. The distributed laser printing market is dominated by Hewlett-Packard (“HP”), which has a widely-recognized brand name and has been estimated to hold approximately 40% of the market as measured in annual units shipped. With the convergence of traditional printer and copier markets, major laser competitors now include traditional copier companies such as Canon, Ricoh and Xerox. Other laser competitors include Brother, Konica Minolta, Kyocera Mita, Okidata and Samsung.
Lexmark’s primary competitors in the inkjet product market are HP, Canon and Epson, who together account for approximately 80% or more of worldwide inkjet product unit sales. The Company must compete with these same vendors and other competitors, such as Brother and Kodak, for retail shelf space allocated to multifunctional printing products and their associated supplies. Lexmark sees other
7
competitors and the potential for new entrants into the market possibly having an impact on the Company’s growth and market share. The entrance of a competitor that is also focused on printing solutions could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s strategy and financial results.
Refill, remanufactured, clones, counterfeits and other compatible alternatives for some of Lexmark’s toner and ink cartridges are available and compete with the Company’s supplies business. However, these alternatives may offer inconsistent quality and reliability. As the installed base of laser and inkjet products matures, the Company expects competitive supplies activity to increase. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant supplies pricing pressure, but if supplies pricing were to come under significant pressure, the Company’s financial results could be materially adversely affected.
Manufacturing
Lexmark operates manufacturing control centers in Lexington, Kentucky; Shenzhen, China; and Geneva, Switzerland; and has manufacturing sites in Boulder, Colorado; Juarez, Mexico; and Lapu-Lapu City, Philippines. The Company also has customization centers in each of the major geographies it serves. Lexmark’s manufacturing strategy is to retain control over processes that are technologically complex, proprietary in nature and central to the Company’s business model, such as the manufacture of toner, photoconductor and inkjet printheads. The Company shares some of its technical expertise with certain manufacturing partners, many of whom have facilities located in China, which collectively provide Lexmark with substantially all of its printer production capacity. The Company continually reviews its manufacturing capabilities and cost structure and makes adjustments as necessary.
Lexmark’s manufacturing operations for toner and photoconductor drums are located in Boulder, Colorado and Juarez, Mexico. The Company continues to make significant capital investments in its Juarez, Mexico operation to expand cartridge assembly and selected key component manufacturing capabilities. Laser printer cartridges are assembled by a combination of in-house and third-party contract manufacturing. The manufacturing control center for laser printer supplies is located in Geneva, Switzerland.
Lexmark’s manufacturing operations for inkjet printer supplies are located in Juarez, Mexico and Lapu-Lapu City, Philippines. As previously announced, Lexmark closed the Chihuahua, Mexico inkjet printer supplies manufacturing operations on December 31, 2008. The manufacturing control center for inkjet supplies is located in Geneva, Switzerland.
Materials
Lexmark procures a wide variety of components used in the manufacturing process, including semiconductors, electro-mechanical components and assemblies, as well as raw materials, such as plastic resins. Although many of these components are standard off-the-shelf parts that are available from multiple sources, the Company often utilizes preferred supplier relationships, and in certain cases sole supplier relationships, to better ensure more consistent quality, cost and delivery. Typically, these preferred suppliers maintain alternate processesand/or facilities to ensure continuity of supply. Lexmark occasionally faces capacity constraints when there has been more demand for its products than initially projected. From time to time, Lexmark may be required to use air shipment to expedite product flow, which can adversely impact the Company’s operating results. Conversely, in difficult economic times, the Company’s inventory can grow as market demand declines.
During 2007 and 2008, the Company continued to execute supplier managed inventory (“SMI”) agreements with its primary suppliers to improve the efficiency of the supply chain. Lexmark’s management believes these SMI agreements improve Lexmark’s supply chain inventory pipeline and supply chain flexibility which enhances responsiveness to our customers. In addition, the Company’s management believes these agreements improve supplier visibility to product demand and therefore improve suppliers’ timeliness and management of their inventory pipelines. As of December 31, 2008, a significant majority of printers were purchased under SMI agreements. Any impact on future operations would depend upon factors such as the Company’s ability to negotiate new SMI agreements and future market pricing and product costs.
8
Many components of the Company’s products are sourced from sole suppliers, including certain custom chemicals, microprocessors, electro-mechanical components, application specific integrated circuits and other semiconductors. The Company is making changes in sourcing and design to drive commonality of sub components across product families while increasing dual sourcing for key components. In addition, Lexmark sources some printer engines and finished products from OEMs. Although Lexmark plans in anticipation of its future requirements, should these components not be available from any one of these suppliers, there can be no assurance that production of certain of the Company’s products would not be disrupted. Such a disruption could interfere with Lexmark’s ability to manufacture and sell products and materially adversely affect the Company’s business. Conversely, during economic slowdowns, the Company may build inventory of components as demand decreases.
Research and Development
Lexmark’s research and development activity is focused on laser and inkjet printers, MFPs, and associated supplies, features, and related technologies. Over the last several years, the Company has increased its investment in research and development primarily to support new laser product initiatives and to advance certain technologies. Lexmark’s primary research and development activities are conducted in Lexington, Kentucky; Boulder, Colorado; Cebu City, Philippines; and Kolkata, India. In the case of certain products, the Company may elect to purchase products or key components from third-party suppliers rather than develop them internally.
Lexmark is actively engaged in the design and development of new products and enhancements to its existing products. Its engineering efforts focus on technologies associated with laser, inkjet, connectivity, document management and other customer facing solutions, as well as design features that will increase performance, improve ease of use and lower production costs. Lexmark also develops related applications and tools to enable it to efficiently provide a broad range of services. The process of developing new products is complex and requires innovative designs that anticipate customer needs and technological trends. Research and development expenditures were $423 million in 2008, $404 million in 2007 and $371 million in 2006. The Company must make strategic decisions from time to time as to which technologies will produce products and solutions in market sectors that will experience the greatest future growth. There can be no assurance that the Company can develop the more technologically-advanced products required to remain competitive.
Backlog
Although Lexmark experiences availability constraints from time to time for certain products, the Company generally fills its orders within 30 days of receiving them. Therefore, Lexmark usually has a backlog of less than 30 days at any one time, which the Company does not consider material to its business.
Employees
As of December 31, 2008, of the approximately 14,000 employees worldwide, 3,800 are located in the U.S. and the remaining 10,200 are located in Europe, Canada, Latin America, Asia Pacific, the Middle East and Africa. None of the U.S. employees are represented by a union. Employees in France are represented by a Statutory Works Council.
Available Information
Lexmark makes available, free of charge, electronic access to all documents (including annual reports onForm 10-K, quarterly reports onForm 10-Q, current reports onForm 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, as well as any beneficial ownership filings) filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or the “Commission”) by the Company on its website athttp://investor.lexmark.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are filed. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
9
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The executive officers of Lexmark and their respective ages, positions and years of service with the Company are set forth below.
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | Years With
|
Name of Individual | | Age | | Position | | The Company |
|
Paul J. Curlander | | | 56 | | | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | | | 18 | |
John W. Gamble, Jr. | | | 46 | | | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | | | 4 | |
Paul A. Rooke | | | 50 | | | Executive Vice President and President of Imaging Solutions Division | | | 18 | |
Martin S. Canning | | | 45 | | | Vice President and President of Printing Solutions and Services Division | | | 10 | |
Ronaldo M. Foresti | | | 56 | | | Vice President of Asia Pacific and Latin America | | | 5 | |
Jeri L. Isbell | | | 51 | | | Vice President of Human Resources | | | 18 | |
Robert J. Patton | | | 47 | | | Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary | | | 8 | |
Gary D. Stromquist | | | 53 | | | Vice President and Corporate Controller | | | 18 | |
Dr. Curlander has been a Director of the Company since February 1997. Since April 1999, Dr. Curlander has been Chairman of the Board of the Company. In May 1998, Dr. Curlander was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Prior to such time, Dr. Curlander served as President and Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President, Operations of the Company.
Mr. Gamble has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since September 2005 when he joined the Company. Prior to joining the Company and since February 2003, Mr. Gamble served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Agere Systems, Inc. (“Agere”). From January 2003 to February 2003, Mr. Gamble served as Senior Vice President and Business Controller of Agere.
Mr. Rooke has been Executive Vice President and President of the Company’s Imaging Solutions Division (“ISD”) since January 2009. From July 2007 to January 2009, Mr. Rooke served as Executive Vice President and President of the Company’s Consumer Printer Division (“CPD”). From November 2002 to July 2007, Mr. Rooke served as Executive Vice President and President of the Company’s Printing Solutions and Services Division (“PSSD”).
Mr. Canning has been Vice President and President of PSSD since July 2007. Prior to such time and since January 2006, Mr. Canning served as Vice President and General Manager, PSSD Worldwide Marketing and Lexmark Services and PSSD North American Sales and Marketing. From August 2002 to January 2006, Mr. Canning served as Vice President and General Manager, PSSD Worldwide Marketing and Lexmark Services.
Mr. Foresti has been Vice President of Asia Pacific and Latin America since January 2008. Prior to such time and since May 2003, Mr. Foresti served as Vice President and General Manager of Latin America.
Ms. Isbell has been Vice President of Human Resources of the Company since February 2003. From January 2001 to February 2003, Ms. Isbell served as Vice President of Worldwide Compensation and Resource Programs in the Company’s Human Resources department.
10
Mr. Patton has been Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Lexmark International, Inc. since October 2008. From June 2008 to October 2008, Mr. Patton served as Acting General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to such time and since February 2001, Mr. Patton served as Corporate Counsel.
Mr. Stromquist has been Vice President and Corporate Controller of the Company since July 2001.
Intellectual Property
The Company’s intellectual property is one of its major assets and the ownership of the technology used in its products is important to its competitive position. Lexmark seeks to establish and maintain the proprietary rights in its technology and products through the use of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, and confidentiality agreements.
Lexmark holds a portfolio of approximately 1,500 U.S. patents and approximately 950 pending U.S. patent applications. The Company also holds approximately 2,120 foreign patents and pending patent applications. The inventions claimed in these patents and patent applications cover aspects of the Company’s current and potential future products, manufacturing processes, business methods and related technologies. The Company is developing a portfolio of patents that protects its product lines and offers the possibility of entering into licensing agreements with others.
Lexmark has a variety of intellectual property licensing and cross-licensing agreements with a number of third parties. Certain of Lexmark’s material license agreements, including those that permit the Company to manufacture some of its current products, terminate as to specific products upon certain “changes of control” of the Company.
The Company has trademark registrations or pending trademark applications for the name LEXMARK in approximately 90 countries for various categories of goods and services. Lexmark also owns a number of trademark applications and registrations for various product names. The Company holds worldwide copyrights in computer code and publications of various types. Other proprietary information is protected through formal procedures, which include confidentiality agreements with employees and other entities.
Lexmark’s success depends in part on its ability to obtain patents, copyrights and trademarks, maintain trade secret protection and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others. While Lexmark designs its products to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of others, current or future claims of intellectual property infringement, and the expenses resulting therefrom, could materially adversely affect its business, operating results and financial condition. Expenses incurred by the Company in obtaining licenses to use the intellectual property rights of others and to enforce its intellectual property rights against others also could materially affect its business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect Lexmark’s proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.
Environmental and Regulatory Matters
Lexmark’s operations, both domestically and internationally, are subject to numerous laws and regulations, particularly relating to environmental matters that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air, water and soil and establish standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. Over time, the Company has implemented numerous programs to recover, remanufacture and recycle certain of its products and intends to continue to expand on initiatives that have a positive effect on the environment. Lexmark is also required to have permits from a number of governmental agencies in order to conduct various aspects of its business. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had, and in the future is not expected to have, a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company. There can be no assurance, however, that future changes in environmental laws or regulations, or in the criteria required to obtain or maintain necessary permits, will not have an adverse effect on the Company’s operations.
11
The following significant factors, as well as others of which we are unaware or deem to be immaterial at this time, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results in the future. Therefore, the following information should be considered carefully together with other information contained in this report. Past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.
Unprecedented worldwide financial market disruption and deteriorating economic conditions could adversely impact the Company’s revenue, operating income and other financial results.
| | |
| • | The United States and other countries around the world have been experiencing deteriorating economic conditions, including unprecedented financial market disruption. If this trend in economic conditions continues or deteriorates further, it could adversely affect the Company’s results in future periods. During an economic downturn, demand for the Company’s products may decrease. Restrictions on credit globally and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in certain countries may impact economic activity and the Company’s results. Credit risk associated with the Company’s customers, channel partners and the Company’s investment portfolio may also be adversely impacted. Additionally, although the Company does not anticipate needing additional capital in the near term due to the Company’s strong current financial position, financial market disruption may make it difficult for the Company to raise additional capital, when needed, on acceptable terms or at all. The interest rate environment and general economic conditions could also impact the investment income the Company is able to earn on its investment portfolio. |
|
| • | Continued softness in certain markets and industries, constrained IT spending, and uncertainty about global economic conditions could result in lower demand for the Company’s products, including supplies. Weakness in demand has resulted in intense price competition and may result in excessive inventory for the Companyand/or its reseller channel, which may adversely affect sales, pricing, risk of obsolescenceand/or other elements of the Company’s operating results. Ongoing weakness in demand for the Company’s hardware products may also cause erosion of the installed base of products over time, thereby reducing the opportunities for supplies sales in the future. |
The competitive pricing pressure in the market may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company and its major competitors, many of which have significantly greater financial, marketingand/or technological resources than the Company, have regularly lowered prices on their products and are expected to continue to do so. In particular, both the inkjet and laser printer markets have experienced and are expected to continue to experience significant price pressure. Price reductions on inkjet or laser products or the inability to reduce costs, including warranty costs, to contain expenses or to increase or maintain sales as currently expected, as well as price protection measures, could result in lower profitability and jeopardize the Company’s ability to grow or maintain its market share. In recent years, the gross margins on the Company’s hardware products have been under pressure as a result of competitive pricing pressures in the market. If the Company is unable to reduce costs to offset this competitive pricing or product mix pressure, and the Company is unable to support declining gross margins through the sale of supplies, the Company’s operating results and future profitability may be negatively impacted. Historically, the Company has not experienced significant supplies pricing pressure, but if supplies pricing was to come under significant pressure, the Company’s financial results could be materially adversely affected. |
12
The Company’s ability to be successful in shifting its strategy and selling its products into the higher-usage segments of the inkjet market could adversely affect future operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company’s future operating results may be adversely affected if it is unable to successfully develop, manufacture, market and sell products into the geographic and customer and product segments of the inkjet market that support higher usage of supplies. |
Conflicts among various sales channels and the loss of retail shelf space may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company markets and sells its products through several sales channels. The Company has also advanced a strategy of forming alliances and OEM arrangements with many companies. The Company’s future operating results may be adversely affected by any conflicts that might arise between or among its various sales channels, the volume reduction in or loss of any alliance or OEM arrangement or the loss of retail shelf space. Aggressive pricing on laser and inkjet products and/or associated supplies from customers and resellers, including, without limitation, OEM customers, could result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s strategy and financial results. |
The revenue and profitability of our operations have historically varied, which makes our future financial results less predictable.
| | |
| • | Our revenue, gross margin and profit vary among our hardware, supplies and services, product groups and geographic markets and therefore will likely be different in future periods than our current results. Overall gross margins and profitability in any given period is dependent upon the hardware/supplies mix, the mix of hardware products sold, and the geographic mix reflected in that period’s revenue. Overall market trends, seasonal market trends, competitive pressures, pricing, commoditization of products, increased component or shipping costs and other factors may result in reductions in revenue or pressure on gross margins in a given period. |
The Company may experience difficulties in product transitions negatively impacting the Company’s performance and operating results.
| | |
| • | The introduction of products by the Company or its competitors, or delays in customer purchases of existing products in anticipation of new product introductions by the Company or its competitors and market acceptance of new products and pricing programs, any disruption in the supply of new or existing products as well as the costs of any product recall or increased warranty, repair or replacement costs due to quality issues, the reaction of competitors to any such new products or programs, the life cycles of the Company’s products, as well as delays in product development and manufacturing, and variations in cost, including but not limited to component parts, raw materials, commodities, energy, products, labor rates, distributors, fuel and variations in supplier terms and conditions, may impact sales, may cause a buildup in the Company’s inventories, make the transition from current products to new products difficult and could adversely affect the Company’s future operating results. |
The Company’s failure to manage inventory levels or production capacity may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company’s performance depends in part upon its ability to successfully forecast the timing and extent of customer demand and reseller demand to manage worldwide distribution and inventory levels of the Company. Unexpected fluctuations in reseller inventory levels could disrupt ordering patterns and may adversely affect the Company’s financial results. In addition, the financial failure or loss of a key customer, reseller or supplier could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial results. The Company must also be able to address production and supply constraints, including product disruptions caused by quality issues, and delays or disruptions in the supply of key components necessary for production. Such delays, disruptions or shortages may result in lost |
13
| | |
| | revenue or in the Company incurring additional costs to meet customer demand. The Company’s future operating results and its ability to effectively grow or maintain its market share may be adversely affected if it is unable to address these issues on a timely basis. |
The Company’s inability to meet customer product requirements on a cost competitive basis may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company’s future operating results may be adversely affected if it is unable to continue to develop, manufacture and market products that are reliable, competitive, and meet customers’ needs. The markets for laser and inkjet products and associated supplies are aggressively competitive, especially with respect to pricing and the introduction of new technologies and products offering improved features and functionality. In addition, the introduction of any significant newand/or disruptive technology or business model by a competitor that substantially changes the markets into which the Company sells its products or demand for the products sold by the Company could severely impact sales of the Company’s products and the Company’s operating results. The impact of competitive activities on the sales volumes or revenue of the Company, or the Company’s inability to effectively deal with these competitive issues, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to attract and retain OEM customers, maintain or grow retail shelf space or maintain or grow market share. The competitive pressure to develop technology and products and to increase the Company’s investment in research and development and marketing expenditures also could cause significant changes in the level of the Company’s operating expense. |
Any failure by the Company to execute planned cost reduction measures timely and successfully could result in total costs and expenses that are greater than expected or the failure to meet operational goals as a result of such actions.
| | |
| • | The Company has undertaken cost reduction measures over the last few years in an effort to optimize the Company’s expense structure. Such actions have included workforce reductions, the consolidation of manufacturing capacity, and the centralization of support functions to regional and global shared service centers. In particular, the Company’s manufacturing and support functions are becoming more heavily concentrated in China and the Philippines. The Company expects to realize cost savings in the future through these actions and may announce future actions to further reduce its worldwide workforceand/or centralize its operations. The risks associated with these actions include potential delays in their implementation, particularly workforce reductions; increased costs associated with such actions; decreases in employee morale and the failure to meet operational targets due to unplanned departures of employees, particularly key employees and sales employees. |
Decreased consumption of supplies could negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company’s future operating results may be adversely affected if the consumption of its supplies by end users of its products is lower than expected or declines, if there are declines in pricing, unfavorable mixand/or increased costs. |
Changes in the Company’s tax provisions or tax liabilities could negatively impact the Company’s profitability.
| | |
| • | The Company’s effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates. In addition, the amount of income tax the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits in various jurisdictions. A material assessment by a taxing authority or a decision to repatriate foreign cash could adversely affect the Company’s profitability. |
14
Due to the international nature of our business, changes in a country’s or region’s political or economic conditions or other factors could negatively impact the Company’s revenue, financial condition or operating results.
| | |
| • | Revenue derived from international sales make up more than half of the Company’s revenue. Accordingly, the Company’s future results could be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, trade protection measures and unexpected changes in regulatory requirements. In addition, changes in tax laws and the ability to repatriate cash accumulated outside the U.S. in a tax efficient manner may adversely affect the Company’s financial results, investment flexibility and operations. Moreover, margins on international sales tend to be lower than those on domestic sales, and the Company believes that international operations in emerging geographic markets will be less profitable than operations in the U.S. and European markets, in part, because of the higher investment levels for marketing, selling and distribution required to enter these markets. |
|
| • | In many foreign countries, particularly those with developing economies, it is common for local business practices to be prohibited by laws and regulations applicable to the Company, such as employment laws, fair trade laws or the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Although the Company implements policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws, our employees, contractors and agents, as well as those business partners to which we outsource certain of our business operations, may take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation, even if prohibited by our policies, could have a material adverse effect on our business and our reputation. Because of the challenges in managing a geographically dispersed workforce, there also may be additional opportunities for employees to commit fraud or personally engage in practices which violate the policies and procedures of the Company. |
The failure of the Company’s information technology systems, or its failure to successfully implement new information technology systems, may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company depends on its information technology systems for the development, manufacture, distribution, marketing, sales and support of its products and services. Any failure in such systems, or the systems of a partner or supplier, may adversely affect the Company’s operating results. The Company also may not be successful in implementing new systems or transitioning data, including a current project to implement a new enterprise-wide system. Because vast quantities of the Company’s products flow through only a few distribution centers to provide product to various geographic regions, the failure of information technology systems or any other disruption affecting those product distribution centers could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s ability to deliver product and on the Company’s financial results. |
Any failure by the Company to successfully outsource the infrastructure support of its information technology system and application maintenance functions and centralize certain of its support functions may disrupt these systems or functions and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s systems of internal control and financial reporting.
| | |
| • | The Company has migrated the infrastructure support of its information technology system and application maintenance functions to third-party service providers. The Company is in the process of centralizing certain of its accounting and other finance functions and order-to-cash functions from various countries to shared service centers. The Company is also in the process of reducing, consolidating and moving various parts of its general and administrative resource, supply chain resource and marketing and sales support structure. Many of these processes and functions are moving to lower-cost countries, including China, India and the Philippines. Any disruption in these systems, processes or functions could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operations, its financial results, its systems of internal controls and its ability to accurately record and report transactions and financial results. |
15
The Company’s reliance on international production facilities, international manufacturing partners and certain key suppliers could negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company relies in large part on its international production facilities and international manufacturing partners, many of which are located in China and the Philippines, for the manufacture of its products and key components of its products. Future operating results may also be adversely affected by several other factors, including, without limitation, if the Company’s international operations or manufacturing partners are unable to perform or supply products reliably, if there are disruptions in international trade, trade restrictions, import duties, “Buy American” constraints, disruptions at important geographic points of exit and entry, if there are difficulties in transitioning such manufacturing activities among the Company, its international operationsand/or its manufacturing partners, or if there arise production and supply constraints which result in additional costs to the Company. The financial failure or loss of a sole supplier or significant supplier of products or key components, or their inability to produce the required quantities, could result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s operating results. |
The entrance of additional competitors that are focused on printing solutions could negatively impact the Company’s strategy and operating results.
| | |
| • | The entrance of additional competitors that are focused on printing solutions could further intensify competition in the inkjet and laser printer markets and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s strategy and financial results. |
The Company’s inability to perform satisfactorily under service contracts for managed print services may negatively impact the Company’s strategy and operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company’s inability to perform satisfactorily under service contracts for managed print services and other customer services may result in the loss of customers, loss of reputationand/or financial consequences that may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial results and strategy. |
Increased competition in the Company’s aftermarket supplies business may negatively impact the Company’s revenue and gross margins.
| | |
| • | Refill, remanufactured, clones, counterfeits and other compatible alternatives for some of the Company’s cartridges are available and compete with the Company’s supplies business. The Company expects competitive supplies activity to increase. Various legal challenges and governmental activities may intensify competition for the Company’s aftermarket supplies business. |
New legislation, fees on the Company’s products or litigation costs required to protect the Company’s rights may negatively impact the Company’s cost structure, access to components and operating results.
| | |
| • | Certain countries (primarily in Europe)and/or collecting societies representing copyright owners’ interests have commenced proceedings to impose fees on devices (such as scanners, printers and multifunction devices) alleging the copyright owners are entitled to compensation because these devices enable reproducing copyrighted content. Other countries are also considering imposing fees on certain devices. The amount of fees, if imposed, would depend on the number of products sold and the amounts of the fee on each product, which will vary by product and by country. The financial impact on the Company, which will depend in large part upon the outcome of local legislative processes, the Company’s and other industry participants’ outcome in contesting the fees and the Company’s ability to mitigate that impact by increasing prices, which ability will depend upon competitive market conditions, remains uncertain. The outcome of the copyright fee issue could adversely affect the Company’s operating results and business. |
16
The Company’s inability to obtain and protect its intellectual property and defend against claims of infringement by others may negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company’s success depends in part on its ability to develop technology and obtain patents, copyrights and trademarks, and maintain trade secret protection, to protect its intellectual property against theft, infringement or other misuse by others. The Company must also conduct its operations without infringing the proprietary rights of others. Current or future claims of intellectual property infringement could prevent the Company from obtaining technology of others and could otherwise materially and adversely affect its operating results or business, as could expenses incurred by the Company in obtaining intellectual property rights, enforcing its intellectual property rights against others or defending against claims that the Company’s products infringe the intellectual property rights of others, that the Company engages in false or deceptive practices or that its conduct is anti-competitive. |
Cost reduction efforts associated with the Company’s compensation and benefits programs could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain employees.
| | |
| • | The Company has historically used stock options and other forms of share-based payment awards as key components of the total rewards program for employee compensation in order to align employees’ interests with the interests of stockholders, motivate employees, encourage employee retention and provide competitive compensation and benefits packages. As a result of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, the Company incurs an increased compensation cost associated with its share-based compensation programs, and as a result has reviewed its compensation strategy and reduced the size of the awards and changed the form of awards in light of the current regulatory and competitive environment. Due to this change in compensation strategy, combined with other retirement and benefit plan changes and reductions undertaken to reduce costs, the Company may find it difficult to attract, retain and motivate employees, and any such difficulty could materially adversely affect its operating results. |
Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
| | |
| • | Our worldwide operations and those of our manufacturing partners, suppliers, and freight transporters, among others, are subject to natural and manmade disasters and other business interruptions such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, environmental hazards, power shortages, water shortages and telecommunications failures. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. As the Company continues its consolidation of certain functions into shared service centers and movement of certain functions to lower cost countries, the probability and impact of business disruptions may be increased over time. |
Terrorist acts, acts of war or other political conflicts may negatively impact the Company’s ability to manufacture and sell its products.
| | |
| • | Terrorist attacks and the potential for future terrorist attacks have created many political and economic uncertainties, some of which may affect the Company’s future operating results. Future terrorist attacks, the national and international responses to such attacks, and other acts of war or hostility may affect the Company’s facilities, employees, suppliers, customers, transportation networks and supply chains, or may affect the Company in ways that are not capable of being predicted presently. |
17
The outbreak of a communicable disease may negatively impact the health and welfare of the Company’s customers, channel partners, employees and those of its manufacturing partners and negatively impact the Company’s operating results.
| | |
| • | The Company relies heavily on the health and welfare of its employees, the employees of its manufacturing and distribution partners and customers. The widespread outbreak of any form of communicable disease affecting a large number of workers could adversely impact the Company’s operating results. |
Any variety of factors unrelated to the Company’s operating performance may negatively impact the Company’s operating results or the Company’s stock price.
| | |
| • | Factors unrelated to the Company’s operating performance, including the financial failure or loss of significant customers, resellers, manufacturing partners or suppliers; the outcome of pending and future litigation or governmental proceedings; and the ability to retain and attract key personnel, could also adversely affect the Company’s operating results. In addition, the Company’s stock price, like that of other technology companies, can be volatile. Trading activity in the Company’s common stock, particularly the trading of large blocks and intraday trading in the Company’s common stock, may affect the Company’s common stock price. |
| |
Item 1B. | UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS |
Not applicable.
Lexmark’s corporate headquarters and principal development facilities are located on a 374 acre campus in Lexington, Kentucky. At December 31, 2008, the Company owned or leased 7.5 million square feet of administrative, sales, service, research and development, warehouse and manufacturing facilities worldwide. The Company’s properties are used by both PSSD and ISD. Approximately 3.7 million square feet is located in the U.S. and the remainder is located in various international locations. The Company’s principal international manufacturing facilities are located in Mexico and the Philippines. The principal domestic manufacturing facility is located in Colorado. The Company occupies facilities for development in the U.S., India and the Philippines. The Company owns approximately 66 percent of the worldwide square footage and leases the remaining 34 percent. The leased property has various lease expiration dates. The Company believes that it can readily obtain appropriate additional space as may be required at competitive rates by extending expiring leases or finding alternative space.
None of the property owned by Lexmark is held subject to any major encumbrances and the Company believes that its facilities are in good operating condition.
| |
Item 3. | LEGAL PROCEEDINGS |
On December 30, 2002 (“02 action”) and March 16, 2004 (“04 action”), the Company filed claims against Static Control Components, Inc. (“SCC”) in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Kentucky (the “District Court”) alleging violation of the Company’s intellectual property and state law rights. Similar claims in a separate action were filed by the Company in the District Court against David Abraham and Clarity Imaging Technologies, Inc. (“Clarity”) on October 8, 2004. SCC and Clarity have filed counterclaims against the Company in the District Court alleging that the Company engaged in anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct and unfair and deceptive trade practices in violation of the Sherman Act, the Lanham Act and state laws. SCC has stated in its legal documents that it is seeking approximately $17.8 million to $19.5 million in damages for the Company’s alleged anticompetitive conduct and approximately $1 billion for Lexmark’s alleged violation of the Lanham Act. Clarity has not stated a damage dollar amount. SCC and Clarity are seeking treble damages, attorney fees, costs and injunctive relief. On September 28, 2006, the District Court dismissed the counterclaims filed by SCC alleging that the Company engaged in anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct and unfair and deceptive trade practices in violation of the Sherman
18
Act, the Lanham Act and state laws. On October 13, 2006, SCC filed a Motion for Reconsideration of the District Court’s Order dismissing SCC’s claims, or in the alternative, to amend its pleadings, which the District Court denied on June 1, 2007. On October 13, 2006, the District Court issued an order to stay the action brought against David Abraham and Clarity until a final judgment or settlement are entered into in the consolidated 02 and 04 actions. On June 20, 2007, the District Court Judge ruled that SCC directly infringed one of Lexmark’spatents-in-suit. On June 22, 2007, the jury returned a verdict that SCC did not induce infringement of Lexmark’spatents-in-suit. As to SCC’s defense that the Company has committed patent misuse, in an advisory, non-binding capacity, the jury did find some Company conduct constituted misuse. In the jury’s advisory, non-binding findings, the jury also found that the relevant market was the cartridge market rather than the printer market and that the Company had unreasonably restrained competition in that market. On October 3, 2008, the District Court Judge issued a memorandum opinion denying various motions made by the Company that sought to reverse the jury’s finding that SCC did not induce infringement of Lexmark’spatents-in-suit. The District Court Judge did, however, grant the Company’s motion that SCC’s equitable defenses, including patent misuse, were moot. As a result, the jury’s advisory findings on misuse, including the jury’s finding that the relevant market was the cartridge market rather than the printer market and that the Company had unreasonably restrained competition in that market, were not adopted by the District Court. A final judgment for the 02 action and the 04 action has not yet been entered by the District Court.
The Company is also party to various litigation and other legal matters, including claims of intellectual property infringement and various purported consumer class action lawsuits alleging, among other things, various product defects and false and deceptive advertising claims, that are being handled in the ordinary course of business. In addition, various governmental authorities have from time to time initiated inquiries and investigations, some of which are ongoing, concerning the activities of participants in the markets for printers and supplies. The Company intends to continue to cooperate fully with those governmental authorities in these matters.
Although it is not reasonably possible to estimate whether a loss will occur as a result of these legal matters, or if a loss should occur, the amount of such loss, the Company does not believe that any legal matters to which it is a party is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. However, there can be no assurance that any pending legal matters or any legal matters that may arise in the future would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
| |
Item 4. | SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS |
None.
19
Part II
| |
Item 5. | MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES |
Market Information
Lexmark’s Class A Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol LXK. As of February 20, 2009, there were 3,035 holders of record of the Class A Common Stock and there were no holders of record of the Class B Common Stock. Information regarding the market prices of the Company’s Class A Common Stock appears in Part II, Item 8, Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Dividend Policy
The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock and has no current plans to pay cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock. The payment of any future cash dividends will be determined by the Company’s board of directors in light of conditions then existing, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, restrictions in financing agreements, business conditions, tax laws, certain corporate law requirements and various other factors.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | Approximate Dollar
| |
| | | | | | | | Total Number of
| | | Value of Shares That
| |
| | Total
| | | | | | Shares Purchased as
| | | May Yet Be
| |
| | Number of
| | | | | | Part of Publicly
| | | Purchased Under the
| |
| | Shares
| | | Average Price Paid
| | | Announced Plans or
| | | Plans or Programs
| |
Period | | Purchased(2)(3) | | | Per Share(2)(3) | | | Programs(2)(3) | | | (In Millions)(1)(2)(3) | |
| |
|
October 1-31, 2008 | | | 4,551,989 | | | $ | 23.62 | | | | 4,551,989 | | | $ | 505.9 | |
November 1-30, 2008 | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | 505.9 | |
December 1-31, 2008 | | | 658,585 | | | | 22.78 | | | | 658,585 | | | | 490.9 | |
|
|
Total | | | 5,210,574 | | | $ | 23.51 | | | | 5,210,574 | | | | | |
|
| |
(1) | In May 2008, the Company received authorization from the Board of Directors to repurchase an additional $750 million of its Class A Common Stock for a total repurchase authority of $4.65 billion. As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $0.5 billion of share repurchase authority remaining. This repurchase authority allows the Company, at management’s discretion, to selectively repurchase its stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions depending upon market price and other factors. For the three months ended December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased approximately 5.2 million shares at a cost of $122.5 million through two accelerated share repurchase agreements (“ASR”) described in the notes immediately below. As of December 31, 2008, since the inception of the program in April 1996, the Company had repurchased approximately 91.6 million shares for an aggregate cost of approximately $4.2 billion. |
|
(2) | On August 28, 2008, the Company entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with a financial institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company paid $150.0 million targeting 4.1 million shares based on an initial price of $36.90. On September 3, 2008, the Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or 3.5 million shares at a cost of $127.5 million, and included these shares in the Company’s third quarter10-Q repurchase table. On October 21, 2008, the counterparty delivered 1.2 million additional shares in final settlement of the agreement, bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to 4.7 million shares at an average price per share of $31.91. The delivery of the 1.2 million shares as well as the recognition of the remaining 15% of the initial payment, or $22.5 million, are included in the October activity in the table above. |
|
(3) | On October 21, 2008, the Company entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with a financial institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company paid $100.0 million targeting 3.9 million shares based on an initial price of $25.71. On October 24, 2008, the Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or 3.3 million shares at a cost of $85.0 million, and has included these shares in the October activity in the table above. On December 26, 2008, the counterparty delivered 0.7 million additional shares in final settlement of the agreement, bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to 4.0 million shares at an average price per share of $25.22. The delivery of the 0.7 million shares as well as the recognition of the remaining 15% of the initial payment, or $15.0 million, make up the December activity in the table above. |
20
Performance Graph
The following graph compares cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s Class A Common Stock with a broad performance indicator, the S&P Composite 500 Stock Index, and an industry index, the S&P 500 Information Technology Index, for the period from December 31, 2003, to December 31, 2008. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in the Class A Common Stock and each index were $100 at December 31, 2003, and that all dividends were reinvested.
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | 12/31/03 | | | 12/31/04 | | | 12/30/05 | | | 12/29/06 | | | 12/31/07 | | | 12/31/08 |
Lexmark International, Inc. | | | $ | 100 | | | | $ | 108 | | | | $ | 57 | | | | $ | 93 | | | | $ | 44 | | | | $ | 34 | |
S&P 500 Index | | | | 100 | | | | | 111 | | | | | 116 | | | | | 135 | | | | | 142 | | | | | 90 | |
S&P 500 Information Technology Index | | | | 100 | | | | | 103 | | | | | 104 | | | | | 112 | | | | | 131 | | | | | 74 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Source: Standard & Poor’s Compustat
21
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information about the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2008:
(Number of Securities in Millions)
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Number of Securities to be
| | Weighted Average Exercise
| | Number of Securities
|
| | Issued Upon Exercise of
| | Price of Outstanding
| | Remaining Available for Future
|
| | Outstanding Options,
| | Options, Warrants and
| | Issuance Under Equity
|
Plan Category | | Warrants and Rights | | Rights(1) | | Compensation Plans |
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders | | | 11.3 | (2) | | $ | 67.62 | | | | 4.7 | (3) |
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders(4) | | | 0.7 | | | | 45.37 | | | | 0.3 | |
|
|
Total | | | 12.0 | | | $ | 66.16 | | | | 5.0 | |
|
| | |
(1) | | The numbers in this column represent the weighted average exercise price of stock options only. |
|
(2) | | As of December 31, 2008, of the approximately 11.3 million awards outstanding under the equity compensation plans approved by stockholders, there were approximately 9.8 million stock options (of which 9,395,000 are employee stock options and 398,000 are nonemployee director stock options), 1.4 million restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and supplemental deferred stock units (“DSUs”) (of which 1,396,000 are employee RSUs and supplemental DSUs and 7,000 are nonemployee director RSUs), and 73,000 elective DSUs (of which 21,000 are employee elective DSUs and 52,000 are nonemployee director elective DSUs) that pertain to voluntary elections by certain members of management to defer all or a portion of their annual incentive compensation and by certain nonemployee directors to defer all or a portion of their annual retainer, chair retainer and/or meeting fees, that would have otherwise been paid in cash. |
|
(3) | | Of the 4.7 million shares available, 4.3 million relate to employee plans (of which 1.6 million may be granted as full-value awards) and 0.4 million relate to the nonemployee director plan. |
|
(4) | | Lexmark has only one equity compensation plan which has not been approved by its stockholders, the Lexmark International, Inc. Broad-Based Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “Broad-Based Plan”). The Broad-Based Plan, which was established on December 19, 2000, provides for the issuance of up to 1.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to stock incentive awards (including stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance awards, RSUs and DSUs) granted to the Company’s employees, other than its directors and executive officers. The Broad-Based Plan expressly provides that the Company’s directors and executive officers are not eligible to participate in the Plan. The Broad-Based Plan limits the number of shares subject to full-value awards (e.g., restricted stock units and performance awards) to 50,000 shares. The Company’s board of directors may at any time terminate or suspend the Broad-Based Plan, and from time to time, amend or modify the Broad-Based Plan, but any amendment which would lower the minimum exercise price for options and stock appreciation rights or materially modify the requirements for eligibility to participate in the Broad-Based Plan, requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders. In January 2001, all employees other than the Company’s directors, executive officers and senior managers, were awarded stock options under the Broad-Based Plan. All 0.7 million awards outstanding under the equity compensation plan not approved by stockholders are in the form of stock options. |
22
| |
Item 6. | SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA |
The table below summarizes recent financial information for the Company. For further information refer to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented under Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
(Dollars in Millions, Except per Share Data)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | | | 2005 | | | 2004 | |
|
Statement of Earnings Data: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
Revenue | | $ | 4,528.4 | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | $ | 5,108.1 | | | $ | 5,221.5 | | | $ | 5,313.8 | |
Cost of revenue(1) | | | 2,993.8 | | | | 3,410.3 | | | | 3,462.1 | | | | 3,585.9 | | | | 3,522.4 | |
|
Gross profit | | | 1,534.6 | | | | 1,563.6 | | | | 1,646.0 | | | | 1,635.6 | | | | 1,791.4 | |
|
Research and development | | | 423.3 | | | | 403.8 | | | | 370.5 | | | | 336.4 | | | | 312.7 | |
Selling, general and administrative(1) | | | 807.3 | | | | 812.8 | | | | 761.8 | | | | 755.1 | | | | 746.6 | |
Restructuring and related charges(1) | | | 26.8 | | | | 25.7 | | | | 71.2 | | | | 10.4 | | | | — | |
|
Operating expense | | | 1,257.4 | | | | 1,242.3 | | | | 1,203.5 | | | | 1,101.9 | | | | 1,059.3 | |
|
Operating income(1)(2) | | | 277.2 | | | | 321.3 | | | | 442.5 | | | | 533.7 | | | | 732.1 | |
Interest (income) expense, net | | | (6.1 | ) | | | (21.2 | ) | | | (22.1 | ) | | | (26.5 | ) | | | (14.5 | ) |
Other (income) expense, net(3) | | | 7.4 | | | | (7.0 | ) | | | 5.3 | | | | 6.5 | | | | 0.1 | |
|
Earnings before income taxes (1)(2)(3) | | | 275.9 | | | | 349.5 | | | | 459.3 | | | | 553.7 | | | | 746.5 | |
Provision for income taxes(4) | | | 35.7 | | | | 48.7 | | | | 120.9 | | | | 197.4 | | | | 177.8 | |
|
Net earnings(1)(2)(3)(4) | | $ | 240.2 | | | $ | 300.8 | | | $ | 338.4 | | | $ | 356.3 | | | $ | 568.7 | |
|
Diluted net earnings per common share (1)(2)(3)(4) | | $ | 2.69 | | | $ | 3.14 | | | $ | 3.27 | | | $ | 2.91 | | | $ | 4.28 | |
Shares used in per share calculation | | | 89.2 | | | | 95.8 | | | | 103.5 | | | | 122.3 | | | | 132.9 | |
Statement of Financial Position Data: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
Cash and current marketable securities | | $ | 973.3 | | | $ | 796.1 | | | $ | 550.9 | | | $ | 888.8 | | | $ | 1,566.7 | |
Working capital | | | 805.2 | | | | 569.5 | | | | 506.0 | | | | 935.9 | | | | 1,533.2 | |
Total assets | | | 3,265.4 | | | | 3,121.1 | | | | 2,849.0 | | | | 3,330.1 | | | | 4,124.3 | |
Total debt | | | 654.2 | | | | 149.9 | | | | 149.8 | | | | 149.6 | | | | 151.0 | |
Stockholders’ equity | | | 812.1 | | | | 1,278.3 | | | | 1,035.2 | | | | 1,428.7 | | | | 2,082.9 | |
|
Other Key Data: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash from operations(5) | | $ | 482.1 | | | $ | 564.2 | | | $ | 670.9 | | | $ | 576.4 | | | $ | 775.4 | |
Capital expenditures | | $ | 217.7 | | | $ | 182.7 | | | $ | 200.2 | | | $ | 201.3 | | | $ | 198.3 | |
Debt to total capital ratio(6) | | | 45 | % | | | 10 | % | | | 13 | % | | | 9 | % | | | 7 | % |
| | |
(1) | | Amounts in 2008 include restructuring-related charges and project costs of $92.7 million. Restructuring-related charges of $27.2 million and $8.1 million related to accelerated depreciation on certain fixed assets are included inCost of revenueandSelling, general and administrative, respectively. Restructuring-related charges of $26.8 million relating to employee termination benefits and contract termination charges are included inRestructuring and related charges.Project costs of $15.3 million are included inCost of revenue,and $15.3 million are included inSelling, general and administrative. |
|
| | Amounts in 2007 include restructuring-related charges and project costs of $52.0 million. Restructuring-related charges of $5.1 million relating to accelerated depreciation on certain fixed assets are included inCost of revenue. Restructuring-related charges of $25.7 million relating to employee termination benefit charges are included inRestructuring and related charges.Project costs of $11.9 million and $9.3 million are included inCost of revenueandSelling, general and administrative, respectively. |
|
| | Amounts in 2006 include the impact of restructuring-related charges and project costs of $125.2 million (net of a $9.9 million pension curtailment gain). Restructuring-related charges of $40.0 million relating to accelerated depreciation on certain fixed assets are included inCost of revenue. Restructuring-related charges of $81.1 million relating to employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease termination charges and the $9.9 million pension curtailment gain are included inRestructuring and related charges. Project costs of $2.1 million and $11.9 million are included inCost of revenueandSelling, general and administrative, respectively. |
|
| | Amounts in 2005 include one-time termination benefit charges of $10.4 million in connection with a workforce reduction. |
|
(2) | | Amounts in 2008, 2007 and 2006 include $32.8 million, $41.3 million and $43.2 million, respectively, of pre-tax stock-based compensation expense due to the Company’s adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. |
|
(3) | | Amounts in 2007 include an $8.1 million pre-tax foreign exchange gain realized upon the substantial liquidation of the Company’s Scotland entity. |
|
(4) | | Amounts in 2008 include an $11.6 million benefit from nonrecurring tax items. |
|
| | Amounts in 2007 include an $18.4 million benefit from the reversal of previously accrued taxes primarily related to the settlement of a tax audit outside the U.S. and $11.2 million of benefits resulting from adjustments to previously recorded taxes. |
|
| | Amounts in 2006 include a $14.3 million benefit from the reversal of previously accrued taxes related to the finalization of certain tax audits and the expiration of various domestic and foreign statutes of limitations. |
|
| | Amounts in 2005 include a $51.9 million charge from the repatriation of foreign dividends under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. |
|
| | Amounts in 2004 include a $20.0 million benefit from the resolution of income tax matters. |
|
(5) | | Cash flows from investing and financing activities, which are not presented, are integral components of total cash flow activity. |
|
(6) | | The debt to total capital ratio is computed by dividing total debt (which includes both short-term and long-term debt) by the sum of total debt and stockholders’ equity. |
23
| |
Item 7. | MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto presented under Part II, Item 8 of thisForm 10-K.
OVERVIEW
Products and Segments
Lexmark makes it easier for customers to move information between the digital and paper worlds. Since its inception in 1991, Lexmark has become a leading developer, manufacturer and supplier of printing and imaging solutions for the office. Lexmark’s products include laser printers, inkjet printers, multifunction devices, and associated supplies, services and solutions. Lexmark also sells dot matrix printers for printing single and multi-part forms by business users.
The Company is primarily managed along divisional lines: the Printing Solutions and Services Division (formerly known as the Business market) and the Imaging Solutions Division (formerly known as the Consumer market).
| | |
| • | The Printing Solutions and Services Division primarily sells laser products and serves business customers but also include consumers who choose laser products. Laser products can be divided into two major categories — shared workgroup products and lower-priced desktop products. Lexmark employs large-account sales and marketing teams, closely supported by its development and product marketing teams, to generate demand for its business printing solutions and services. The sales and marketing teams primarily focus on industries such as financial services, retail, manufacturing, education, government and health care. Lexmark also markets its laser and inkjet products increasingly through SMB teams who work closely with channel partners. The Company distributes and fulfills its laser products primarily through its well-established distributor and reseller network. Lexmark’s products are also sold through solution providers, which offer custom solutions to specific markets, and through direct response resellers. |
|
| • | The Imaging Solutions Division predominantly sells inkjet products to SOHOs as well as business users who may choose inkjet products as a lower-priced alternative or supplement to laser products for personal desktop use, and to customers that prefer AIOs with productivity-related features. The Imaging Solutions Division also sells laser products to SOHO and business users that purchase products through retail channels. Additionally, over the past couple of years, the number of customers seeking productivity-related features has driven significant growth in AIO products. Key factors promoting this trend are greater affordability of AIOs containing productivity features like wireless connectivity, full fax capabilities, automatic document feeders and duplex capabilities. Lexmark distributes its branded inkjet products and supplies through retail outlets as well as distributors and resellers worldwide. Lexmark’s sales and marketing activities are organized to meet the needs of the various geographies and the size of their markets. |
The Company also sells its products through numerous alliances and OEM arrangements.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s reportable segments, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Operating Results Summary
2008
In 2008, the weakening of the global economy significantly impacted the Company’s revenue. Additionally, Lexmark’s inkjet strategy to transition to higher usage customers and products significantly impacted the Company’s inkjet unit sales and supplies revenue. The Company sees the potential for continued erosion in end-user inkjet supplies demand due to the reduction in inkjet hardware unit sales resulting from the Company’s decision to focus on more profitable printer placements and the weakness the Company is
24
experiencing in its OEM business. The Company continues to invest in its core print technologies and product development that is expected to drive a strong pipeline of future Lexmark products.
2007
Beginning in the second quarter of 2007, ISD experienced on-going declines in inkjet supplies and OEM unit sales, lower average unit revenues (“AURs”) and additional costs in its new products. As the Company analyzed the situation, it saw that some of its unit sales were not generating adequate lifetime profitability, some markets and channels were on the low-end of the supplies generation distribution curve and its sales were too skewed to the low-end versus the market.
As a result, the Company decided to more aggressively shift the Company’s focus to geographic regions, market segments, and customers that generate higher page usage and minimize the unit sales that do not generate an acceptable profit over their life.
Refer to the section entitled “RESULTS OF OPERATIONS” that follows for a further discussion of the Company’s results of operations.
Trends and Opportunities
Lexmark management believes that the total distributed output opportunity was between $90 and $100 billion in 2008, including hardware, supplies and related software and services. This opportunity includes printers and multifunction devices as well as a declining base of copiers and fax machines that are increasingly being integrated into multifunction devices. Based on industry information, Lexmark management estimates that the market may have declined slightly in 2008 and may decline again in 2009 due to the severe global economic slowdown. When global economic growth resumes, perhaps in 2010, the industry could again experience low to mid-single digit annual revenue growth rates with highest growth likely to be in MFPs and related software solutions and services and emerging economies.
Market trends driving long-term growth include:
| | |
| • | Continuing improvement in price/performance points; |
|
| • | Increased adoption of color and graphics output in business; |
|
| • | Advancements in electronic movement of information, driving more pages to be printed by end users when and where it is convenient to do so; |
|
| • | Continued convergence in technology between printers, scanners, copiers and fax machines into single, integrated AIO devices; and |
|
| • | Advancements in digital photography driving the opportunity to print digital images on distributed output devices. |
As a result of these market trends, Lexmark has growth opportunities in monochrome laser printers, color lasers, laser MFPs and inkjet AIOs.
Industry laser printer unit growth in recent years has generally exceeded the growth rate of laser printer revenue due to unit growth in lower-priced desktop color and monochrome laser printers and unit price reductions. Additionally, color and multifunction laser printer units represent a more significant component of laser unit growth. Management believes these trends will continue. Product pricing pressure is partially offset by the tendency of customers in the shared workgroup laser market to add higher profit margin optional features.
In the inkjet product market, advances in inkjet technology have resulted in products with higher resolution and improved performance while increased competition has led to lower prices. Also, there is an increasing trend in inkjet products being designed for SOHO and small business. Additionally, over the past couple of years, the number of customers seeking productivity-related features has driven significant growth in AIO products. Key factors promoting this trend are greater affordability of AIOs containing productivity features.
25
The Company’s management believes these trends will continue. Growth in inkjet hardware revenue on an industry basis in recent years has been lower than unit growth due to price reductions.
While profit margins on printers and MFPs have been negatively affected by competitive pricing pressure, supplies sales are higher margin and recurring. In general, as the hardcopy industry matures and printer and copier markets converge, management expects competitive pressures to continue.
Lexmark’s dot matrix printers include mature products that require little ongoing investment. The Company expects that the market for these products will continue to decline, and has implemented a strategy to continue to offer high-quality products while managing cost to maximize cash flow and profit.
Challenges and Risks
In recent years, Lexmark and its principal competitors, many of which have significantly greater financial, marketingand/or technological resources than the Company, have regularly lowered prices on printers and are expected to continue to do so.
Other challenges and risks faced by Lexmark include:
| | |
| • | In 2008, the weakening of the global economy significantly impacted the Company’s revenue and any continuation or worsening of the economic downturn could impact the Company’s future operating results. |
|
| • | The Company must compete with its larger competitors for retail shelf space allocated to printers and their associated supplies. |
|
| • | New product announcements by the Company’s principal competitors can have, and in the past, have had, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial results. |
|
| • | With the convergence of traditional printer and copier markets, major laser competitors now include traditional copier companies. |
|
| • | The Company sees other competitors and the potential for new entrants into the market possibly having an impact on the Company’s growth and market share. |
|
| • | Historically, the Company has not experienced significant supplies pricing pressure, but if supplies pricing was to come under significant pressure, the Company’s financial results could be materially adversely affected. |
|
| • | Refill, remanufactured, clones, counterfeits and other compatible alternatives for some of the Company’s cartridges are available and compete with the Company’s supplies business. As the installed base of laser and inkjet products matures, the Company expects competitive supplies activity to increase. |
|
| • | Lexmark expects that as it competes with larger competitors, the Company may attract more frequent challenges, both legal and commercial, including claims of possible intellectual property infringement. |
Refer to the section entitled “Competition” in Item 1, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a further discussion of major uncertainties faced by the industry and Company. Additionally, refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 1A, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a further discussion of factors that could impact the Company’s operating results.
Strategy and Initiatives
Lexmark’s strategy is based on a business model of investing in technology to develop and sell printing solutions, including printers and MFPs, with the objective of growing its installed base, which drives
26
recurring supplies sales. Management believes that Lexmark has the following strengths related to this business model:
| | |
| • | Lexmark is exclusively focused on distributed output and imaging, and related solutions. |
|
| • | Lexmark internally develops three of the key print technologies associated with distributed printing, including inkjet, monochrome laser and color laser. |
|
| • | Lexmark has leveraged its technological capabilities and its commitment to flexibility and responsiveness to build strong relationships with large-account customers and channel partners. |
Lexmark’s strategy involves the following core strategic initiatives:
| | |
| • | Leverage the Company’s unique strengths in PSSD to grow workgroup devices; and |
|
| • | Shift the ISD strategy to focus on customers, markets and channels that drive higher page generation and supplies. |
Over the last several years, the Company increased investments in both the Company’s sales force and product and solution development. The Company increased its research and development spending by 5% in 2008, 9% in 2007 and by 10% in 2006. This investment has led to new products and solutions aimed at targeted growth segments, as well as a pipeline of future products.
The Company’s strategy for dot matrix printers is to continue to offer high-quality products while managing cost to maximize cash flow and profit.
Refer to the section entitled “Strategy” in Item 1, which is incorporated herein by reference, for a further discussion of the Company’s strategies and initiatives.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Lexmark’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to customer programs and incentives, product returns, doubtful accounts, inventories, stock-based compensation, income taxes, warranty obligations, copyright fees, restructurings, pension and other postretirement benefits, and contingencies and litigation. Lexmark bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably likely to occur could materially impact the financial statements. The Company believes the following critical accounting policies affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
Lexmark records estimated reductions to revenue at the time of sale for customer programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon historical trends and other known factors at the time of sale. Lexmark also records estimated reductions to revenue for price protection, which it provides to substantially all of its distributor and reseller customers. The amount of price protection is limited based on the amount of dealers’ and resellers’ inventory on hand (including in-transit inventory) as of
27
the date of the price change. If market conditions were to decline, Lexmark may take actions to increase customer incentive offerings or reduce prices, possibly resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the incentive is offered.
The Company also records estimated reductions to revenue at the time of sale related to its customers’ right to return product. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon historical trends of actual product returns as well as the Company’s assessment of its products in the channel. Provisions for specific returns from large customers are also recorded as necessary.
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts
Lexmark maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors including the length of time receivables are past due, the financial health of its customers, unusual macroeconomic conditions and historical experience. If the financial condition of its customers deteriorates or other circumstances occur that result in an impairment of customers’ ability to make payments, the Company records additional allowances as needed.
Restructuring
Lexmark records a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, except for liabilities for certain employee termination benefit charges that are accrued over time. Employee termination benefits associated with an exit or disposal activity are accrued when the obligation is probable and estimable as a postemployment benefit obligation when local statutory requirements stipulate minimum involuntary termination benefits or, in the absence of local statutory requirements, termination benefits to be provided are similar to benefits provided in prior restructuring activities. Employee termination benefits accrued as probable and estimable often require judgment by the Company’s management as to the number of employees being separated and the related salary levels, length of employment with the Company and various other factors related to the separated employees that could affect the amount of employee termination benefits being accrued.
Specifically for termination benefits under a one-time benefit arrangement, the timing of recognition and related measurement of a liability depends on whether employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits and, if so, whether employees will be retained to render service beyond a minimum retention period. For employees who are not required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits or employees who will not provide service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company records a liability for the termination benefits at the communication date. If employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits and will be retained to render service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company measures the liability for termination benefits at the communication date and recognizes the expense and liability ratably over the future service period.
For contract termination costs, Lexmark records a liability for costs to terminate a contract before the end of its term when the Company terminates the agreement in accordance with the contract terms or when the Company ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. The Company records a liability for other costs associated with an exit or disposal activity in the period in which the liability is incurred.
Once Company management approves an exit or disposal activity, the Company closely monitors the expenses that are reported in association with the activity.
Warranty
Lexmark provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. The amounts accrued for product warranties is based on the quantity of units sold under warranty, estimated product failure rates, and material usage and service delivery costs. The estimates for product failure rates and material usage and service delivery costs are periodically adjusted based on actual results. For
28
extended warranty programs, the Company defers revenue in short-term and long-term liability accounts (based on the extended warranty contractual period) for amounts invoiced to customers for these programs and recognizes the revenue ratably over the contractual period. Costs associated with extended warranty programs are expensed as incurred. To minimize warranty costs, the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of its component suppliers. Should actual product failure rates, material usage or service delivery costs differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability may be required.
Inventory Reserves and Adverse Purchase Commitments
Lexmark writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value. The Company estimates the difference between the cost of obsolete or unmarketable inventory and its market value based upon product demand requirements, product life cycle, product pricing and quality issues. Also, Lexmark records an adverse purchase commitment liability when anticipated market sales prices are lower than committed costs. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs and adverse purchase commitment liabilities may be required.
Pension and Other Postretirement Plans
The Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit costs and obligations are dependent on various actuarial assumptions used in calculating such amounts. Thenon-U.S. pension plans are not significant and use economic assumptions similar to the U.S. pension plan. Significant assumptions the Company must review and set annually related to its pension and other postretirement benefit obligations are:
| | |
| • | Expected long-term return on plan assets — based on long-term historical actual asset return information, the mix of investments that comprise plan assets and future estimates of long-term investment returns by reference to external sources. |
|
| • | Discount rate — reflects the rates at which benefits could effectively be settled and is based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed-income investments. The Company uses a yield-curve approach to determine the assumed discount rate in the U.S. based on the timing of the cash flows of the expected future benefit payments. |
|
| • | Rate of compensation increase — based on the Company’s long-term plans for such increases. Effective April 2006, this assumption is no longer applicable to the U.S. pension plan due to the benefit accrual freeze in connection with the Company’s 2006 restructuring actions. |
Plan assets are invested in equity securities, government and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, corporate debt, annuity contracts and other securities. The U.S. defined benefit plan comprises a significant portion of the assets and liabilities relating to the defined benefit plans. The investment goal of the U.S. defined benefit plan is to achieve an adequate net investment return in order to provide for future benefit payments to its participants. Starting in December 2008, asset allocation percentage is targeted to be 65% equity and 35% fixed income investments. The U.S. defined benefit plan expects to employ professional investment managers during 2009 to invest in new asset classes, including international developed equity, emerging market equity, high yield bonds and emerging market debt. Prior to December 2008, the target asset allocation percentages were 75% U.S. equity investments and 25% U.S. fixed income investments. Each investment manager operates under an investment management contract that includes specific investment guidelines, requiring among other actions, adequate diversification, prudent use of derivatives and standard risk management practices such as portfolio constraints relating to established benchmarks. The plan currently uses, and intends to use during the asset allocation transition in 2009 noted above, a combination of both active management and passive index funds to achieve its investment goals.
29
Differences between actual and expected asset returns on equity investments are deferred in the year of occurrence and are recognized in the calculation of net periodic benefit cost over the subsequent five years after occurrence. As a result of this deferral process, for the U.S. plan, 2008 pension expense was decreased by $3 million and 2009 pension expense is increased by $5 million. The expected increase in the 2009 pension expense for U.S. plans would have been approximately $23 million had the Company not deferred the differences between actual and expected asset returns on equity investments.
Actual results that differ from assumptions that fall outside the “10% corridor”, as defined by SFAS No. 87,Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,are accumulated and amortized over the estimated future service period of active plan participants. For 2008, a 25 basis point change in the assumptions for asset return and discount rate would not have had a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations.
Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158,Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (“SFAS 158”).SFAS 158 requires recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan in the statement of financial position and recognition in other comprehensive earnings of certain gains and losses that arise during the period, but are deferred under pension accounting rules.
Income Taxes
The Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. These estimates include judgments about deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and such amounts recognized for tax purposes, as well as about the realization of deferred tax assets. If the provisions for current or deferred taxes are not adequate, if the Company is unable to realize certain deferred tax assets or if the tax laws change unfavorably, the Company could potentially experience significant losses in excess of the reserves established. Likewise, if the provisions for current and deferred taxes are in excess of those eventually needed, if the Company is able to realize additional deferred tax assets or if tax laws change favorably, the Company could potentially experience significant gains.
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109(“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold as “more-likely-than-not” that a tax position must meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, financial statement disclosure and transition rules.
The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with FIN 48 is a two-step process. The first step is recognition: The enterprise determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any litigation. The second step is measurement: A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution.
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 and related guidance on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits and related interest and penalties by $7.3 million, which resulted in a corresponding increase in the Company’s January 1, 2007, retained earnings balance. The Company also recorded an increase in its deferred tax assets of $8.5 million and a corresponding increase in its liability for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of adopting FIN 48.
Uncertain tax positions at year-end 2008 were evaluated using the two-step process described in the paragraphs above.
30
Copyright Fees
Certain countries (primarily in Europe)and/or collecting societies representing copyright owners’ interests have taken action to impose fees on devices (such as scanners, printers and multifunction devices) alleging the copyright owners are entitled to compensation because these devices enable reproducing copyrighted content. Other countries are also considering imposing fees on certain devices. The amount of fees, if imposed, would depend on the number of products sold and the amounts of the fee on each product, which will vary by product and by country. The Company has accrued amounts that it believes are adequate to address the risks related to the copyright fee issues currently pending. The financial impact on the Company, which will depend in large part upon the outcome of local legislative processes, the Company’s and other industry participants’ outcome in contesting the fees and the Company’s ability to mitigate that impact by increasing prices, which ability will depend upon competitive market conditions, remains uncertain.
Contingencies and Litigation
In accordance with SFAS No. 5,Accounting for Contingencies,Lexmark records a provision for a loss contingency when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company believes it has adequate provisions for any such matters.
Fair Value
The Company currently uses recurring fair value measurements in several areas including marketable securities, pension plan assets and derivatives. The Company uses fair value in measuring certain nonrecurring items as well, as instructed under existing authoritative accounting guidance.
In September 2006, the FASB issued FAS 157. FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As part of the framework for measuring fair value, FAS 157 establishes a hierarchy of inputs to valuation techniques used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under FAS 157 are:
| | |
| • | Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date; |
|
| • | Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and |
|
| • | Level 3 — Unobservable inputs used in valuations in which there is little market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date. |
Fair value measurements of assets and liabilities are assigned a level within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff PositionNo. FAS 157-2 (“FSPFAS 157-2”) which defers the effective date of FAS 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. As permitted by FSPFAS 157-2, the Company has only partially applied the provisions of FAS 157 as of December 31, 2008. The Company is in the process of evaluating the inputs and techniques used in its nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value measurements.
In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff PositionNo. FAS 157-3 (“FSPFAS 157-3”),Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active, in response to the financial
31
community’s concerns about how to conduct fair value accounting in a time of significant market distress. The Company has considered the additional guidance with respect to the valuation of its marketable securities portfolio and the designation of its investments within the fair value hierarchy in the Company’s 2008 financial statements and footnotes.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details regarding FAS 157, FSPFAS 157-2 and FSPFAS 157-3.
The Company utilizes observable market data, when available, to determine fair value. However, in certain situations, there may be little or no market data available at the measurement date thus requiring the use of significant unobservable inputs. To the extent that a valuation is based on models, inputs or assumptions that are less observable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Such measurements are generally classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.
Recent uncertainty in the capital markets has presented additional challenges with respect to valuing marketable securities and pension plan assets in which the Company is invested. Because of the general decline in trading activity for some investments, the Company has undertaken additional steps in its closing process during the third and fourth quarters of 2008 to assess whether or not the pricing information it received was reasonably up to date as well as to understand the nature of quotes used in the valuation of certain securities. In the case of auction rate securities in which auctions were unsuccessful, observable pricing data was not available resulting in the Company performing its own discounted cash flow analysis based on assumptions that it believes market participants would use with regard to such items as expected cash flows and discount rates adjusted for illiquidity premiums. In determining where measurements lie in the fair value hierarchy, the Company uses assumptions regarding the general characteristics of each type of security as the starting point. The Company then downgrades individual securities to a lower level as necessary based on specific facts and circumstances.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Company’s disclosures regarding fair value. Also, refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of Item 7 for additional information regarding the Company’s significant Level 3 valuations.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Operations Overview
Key Messages
Lexmark is focused on driving long-term performance by strategically investing in technology and demand generation to enable the Company to profitably capture supplies in high page-growth segments of the distributed printing market.
| | |
| • | The PSSD strategy is focused on growth in high page generating workgroup products, including monochrome lasers, color laser printers and laser MFPs. During 2008, the Company experienced double-digit percentage unit growth in its branded laser MFP units and also had growth in laser supplies. |
| | |
| • | The Company continues to aggressively shift its focus in ISD to geographic regions, product segments, and customers that generate higher page usage. This strategy shift continues to increase the Company’s focus on higher priced, higher usage devices, customers and countries. The Company’s initiative in wireless inkjets is a part of the strategic shift and the Company believes it has captured some significant market share related to these products in its top six countries. |
Lexmark continues to take actions to improve its cost and expense structure including continuing to implement restructuring activities of its business to lower its cost and better allow it to fund these strategic initiatives.
32
Lexmark continues to maintain a strong financial position with good cash generation and a solid balance sheet, which positions it to prudently invest in the future of the business and successfully compete even during challenging times.
2008 Business Factors
PSSD
During 2008, Lexmark continued its investments in PSSD through new products and technology. The Company expects these investments to produce a steady stream of new products. Lexmark continued to strengthen its customer value propositions with the introduction of over 40 new laser products in 2008 that significantly strengthened the Company’s monochrome laser line, color laser line and laser MFPs.
The Company continued its investment in the expansion of managed print services and Lexmark also made investments to improve its coverage and expand the reach of its solutions and services proposition.
The focus of all of these PSSD investments is to drive workgroup laser growth and page generation.
ISD
Lexmark believes it is experiencing shrinkage in its installed base of inkjet products and an associated decline in end-user demand for inkjet supplies. The Company sees the potential for continued erosion in end-user inkjet supplies demand due to the reduction in inkjet hardware unit sales resulting from the Company’s decision to focus on more profitable printer placements and the weakness the Company is experiencing in its OEM business. Additionally, Lexmark expects to see continued declines in OEM unit sales and aggressive pricing and promotion activities in the inkjet market. However, Lexmark did experience a 13% increase in its average unit revenue (“AUR”) for inkjet products in 2008 that reflects the Company’s efforts to move to higher priced, higher usage inkjet devices. Additionally, the Company advanced its inkjet product line in 2008 with the introduction of additional new wireless models and the Company’s Professional Series inkjet models.
Overall in 2008, the weakening of the global economy significantly impacted the Company’s revenue. Additionally, Lexmark’s inkjet strategy transition to higher usage customers and products also significantly impacted the Company’s inkjet unit sales and supplies revenue. However, the Company continues to invest in its core print technologies and product development that is expected to drive a strong pipeline of future Lexmark products.
In response to the global economic weakening and to enhance the efficiency of the Company’s inkjet cartridge manufacturing operations, Lexmark announced restructuring actions in January 2009 and July 2008 that affected the Company’s operating results in 2008. See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs”that follows for further discussion.
2007 Business Factors
Beginning in the second quarter of 2007, the Company experienced the following issues in ISD:
| | |
| • | On-going declines in inkjet supplies and OEM unit sales. |
|
| • | Lower average unit revenues due to aggressive pricing and promotion. |
|
| • | Additional costs in its new products. |
As the Company analyzed the situation, it saw the following:
| | |
| • | Some of its unit sales were not generating adequate lifetime profitability due to lower prices, higher costs and supplies usage below its model. |
|
| • | Some markets and channels were on the low-end of the supplies generation distribution curve. |
33
| | |
| • | Its sales were too skewed to the low-end versus the market, resulting in lower supplies generation per unit. |
As a result, Lexmark took the following actions:
| | |
| • | The Company decided to more aggressively shift its focus to geographic regions, market segments and customers that generate higher page usage. |
|
| • | The Company worked to minimize the unit sales that did not generate an acceptable profit over their life. |
Additionally, to improve the Company’s cost and expense structure, the Company announced a restructuring plan (“the 2007 Restructuring Plan”) to reduce its cost and infrastructure, including the closure of one of its inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Mexico and additional optimization measures at the remaining inkjet facilities in Mexico and the Philippines. See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs”that follows for further discussion.
Operating Results Summary
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. The following table summarizes the results of the Company’s operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | 2008
| | | | 2007
| | | | 2006
| |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | | Dollars | | | | % of Rev | | | | Dollars | | | | % of Rev | | | | Dollars | | | | % of Rev | |
Revenue | | | $ | 4,528 | .4 | | | | | 100% | | | | | $ | 4,973 | .9 | | | | | 100% | | | | | $ | 5,108 | .1 | | | | | 100% | | |
Gross profit | | | | 1,534 | .6 | | | | | 34% | | | | | | 1,563 | .6 | | | | | 31% | | | | | | 1,646 | .0 | | | | | 32% | | |
Operating expense | | | | 1,257 | .4 | | | | | 28% | | | | | | 1,242 | .3 | | | | | 25% | | | | | | 1,203 | .5 | | | | | 24% | | |
Operating income | | | | 277 | .2 | | | | | 6% | | | | | | 321 | .3 | | | | | 6% | | | | | | 442 | .5 | | | | | 9% | | |
Net earnings | | | $ | 240 | .2 | | | | | 5% | | | | | $ | 300 | .8 | | | | | 6% | | | | | $ | 338 | .4 | | | | | 7% | | |
|
During 2008, total revenue was $4.5 billion or down 9% from 2007. Laser and inkjet supplies revenue decreased 4% year-to-year (“YTY”) while laser and inkjet hardware revenue decreased 20% YTY. In PSSD, revenue decreased 1% YTY while revenue in ISD decreased 22% YTY.
During 2007, total revenue was $5.0 billion or down 3% from 2006. Laser and inkjet supplies revenue increased 1% YTY while laser and inkjet hardware revenue decreased 10% YTY. In PSSD, revenue increased 5% YTY while revenue in ISD decreased 12% YTY.
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased 20% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income and lower interest and other income/expense, net, partially offset by a lower effective tax rate. Net earnings in 2008 included $92.7 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the execution of the Company’s restructuring plans. The Company uses the term “project costs” for incremental charges related to the execution of its restructuring plans. See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs”that follows for further discussion. Net earnings in 2008 also included $11.6 million of non-recurring tax benefits.
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased 11% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income partially offset by a lower effective tax rate. Net earnings in 2007 included $52.0 million (net of a $3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Rosyth, Scotland facility) of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs. Net earnings in 2007 also included an $8.1 million pre-tax foreign exchange gain realized upon the substantial liquidation of the Company’s Scotland entity and $29 million of non-recurring tax benefits.
34
Revenue
The following tables provide a breakdown of the Company’s revenue by product category, hardware unit shipments and market segment:
Revenue by product:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | | 2008 | | | | 2007 | | | | % Change | | | | 2007 | | | | 2006 | | | | % Change | |
Laser and inkjet printers | | | $ | 1,196.8 | | | | $ | 1,498.3 | | | | | (20 | )% | | | $ | 1,498.3 | | | | $ | 1,663.0 | | | | | (10 | )% |
Laser and inkjet supplies | | | | 3,117.5 | | | | | 3,248.6 | | | | | (4 | )% | | | | 3,248.6 | | | | | 3,211.6 | | | | | 1 | % |
Other | | | | 214.1 | | | | | 227.0 | | | | | (6 | )% | | | | 227.0 | | | | | 233.5 | | | | | (3 | )% |
|
Total revenue | | | $ | 4,528.4 | | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | | | (9 | )% | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | | $ | 5,108.1 | | | | | (3 | )% |
|
Unit shipments:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Units in Millions) | | | 2008 | | | | 2007 | | | | 2006 | |
Laser units | | | | 1.9 | | | | | 2.1 | | | | | 2.1 | |
Inkjet units | | | | 6.6 | | | | | 12.1 | | | | | 14.7 | |
|
During 2008, laser and inkjet supplies revenue decreased 4% YTY as growth in laser supplies was more than offset by a decline in inkjet supplies. Laser and inkjet hardware revenue decreased 20% primarily due to declines in laser and inkjet units.
During 2007, laser and inkjet supplies revenue increased 1% YTY as good growth in laser supplies was mostly offset by a decline in inkjet supplies. Laser and inkjet hardware revenue decreased 10% primarily due to a decline in inkjet units.
During 2008, 2007 and 2006, one customer, Dell, accounted for $596 million or approximately 13%, $717 million or approximately 14% and $744 million or approximately 15%, of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. Sales to Dell are included in both PSSD and ISD.
Revenue by division:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | | 2008 | | | | 2007 | | | | % Change | | | | 2007 | | | | 2006 | | | | % Change | |
PSSD | | | $ | 2,981.6 | | | | $ | 2,999.2 | | | | | (1 | )% | | | $ | 2,999.2 | | | | $ | 2,869.1 | | | | | 5 | % |
ISD | | | | 1,546.8 | | | | | 1,974.7 | | | | | (22 | )% | | | | 1,974.7 | | | | | 2,239.0 | | | | | (12 | )% |
|
Total revenue | | | $ | 4,528.4 | | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | | | (9 | )% | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | | $ | 5,108.1 | | | | | (3 | )% |
|
PSSD
During 2008, revenue in PSSD decreased $18 million or 1% compared to 2007 due to a 9% decline in laser hardware revenue, partially offset by growth in laser supplies revenue. The lower laser hardware revenue was due to lower unit volume and aggressive pricing, partially offset by a positive currency impact and positive mix of workgroup and MFP devices. Laser hardware unit shipments decreased approximately 7% YTY primarily due to lower OEM units, partially offset by unit growth in laser MFPs. Laser hardware AUR, which reflects the changes in both pricing and mix, decreased approximately 2% YTY due to aggressive pricing, partially offset by a positive currency impact.
During 2007, revenue in PSSD increased $130 million or 5% compared to 2006 due to growth in laser supplies revenue partially offset by a 2% decline in laser hardware revenue. Laser hardware unit shipments decreased approximately 3% YTY reflecting strong unit growth in laser MFPs and branded workgroup printers which was more than offset by a decline in low-end monochrome lasers. Laser hardware AUR increased approximately 1% YTY due to the positive mix shift.
35
ISD
During 2008, revenue in ISD decreased $428 million or 22% compared to 2007 due to decreased inkjet hardware and supplies revenue. Hardware revenue declined 38% YTY due to lower unit shipments. Management believes supplies revenue declined YTY due to shrinkage in the installed base of inkjet products and an associated decline in end-user demand for inkjet supplies. Inkjet hardware unit shipments declined 45% YTY principally due to the Company’s decision to prioritize certain markets, segments and customers and to reduce or eliminate others. Units were also impacted by the weakening market and some lost retail shelf space. Inkjet hardware AUR increased 13% YTY due to favorable product mix shift, partially offset by a negative impact of pricing.
During 2007, revenue in ISD decreased $264 million or 12% compared to 2006 due to decreased inkjet hardware and supplies revenue. Hardware revenue declined 20% YTY due to lower unit shipments and lower AURs. Inkjet hardware unit shipments declined 18% YTY principally due to declines in OEM units and the Company’s decision to prioritize certain markets, segments and customers and to reduce or eliminate others. Units were also impacted by the Company’s decision to focus on more profitable printer placements in every geography. Inkjet hardware AUR decreased 3% YTY as price declines were partially offset by a favorable mix shift to AIOs.
Revenue by geography:
The following table provides a breakdown of the Company’s revenue by geography:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | | 2008 | | | | % of Total | | | | 2007 | | | | % of Total | | | | % Change | | | | 2007 | | | | 2006 | | | | % of Total | | | | % Change | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
United States | | | $ | 1,864.8 | | | | | 41 | % | | | $ | 2,140.3 | | | | | 43 | % | | | | −13 | % | | | $ | 2,140.3 | | | | $ | 2,245.3 | | | | | 44 | % | | | | −5 | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
EMEA (Europe, the Middle East & Africa) | | | | 1,742.9 | | | | | 39 | % | | | | 1,827.2 | | | | | 37 | % | | | | –5 | % | | | | 1,827.2 | | | | | 1,843.1 | | | | | 36 | % | | | | −1 | % |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other International | | | | 920.7 | | | | | 20 | % | | | | 1,006.4 | | | | | 20 | % | | | | −9 | % | | | | 1,006.4 | | | | | 1,019.7 | | | | | 20 | % | | | | −1 | % |
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total revenue | | | $ | 4,528.4 | | | | | 100 | % | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | | | 100 | % | | | | −9 | % | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | | $ | 5,108.1 | | | | | 100 | % | | | | −3 | % |
|
During 2008, revenue decreased in all geographies primarily due to lower laser and inkjet hardware revenue as well as lower inkjet supplies revenue. Currency exchange rates had a 2% favorable impact on revenue for the year 2008.
During 2007, revenue decreased in all geographies primarily due to the previously-mentioned decline in ISD revenue. Currency exchange rates had a 4% favorable impact on revenue for the year 2007.
Gross Profit
The following table provides gross profit information:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | | 2008 | | | | 2007 | | | | Change | | | | 2007 | | | | 2006 | | | | Change | |
Gross profit dollars | | | $ | 1,534.6 | | | | $ | 1,563.6 | | | | | (2)% | | | | $ | 1,563.6 | | | | $ | 1,646.0 | | | | | (5)% | |
% of revenue | | | | 33.9% | | | | | 31.4% | | | | | 2.5pts | | | | | 31.4% | | | | | 32.2% | | | | | (0.8)pts | |
|
During 2008, consolidated gross profit decreased when compared to the prior year while gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased when compared to the prior year. The change in the gross profit margin over the prior period was primarily due to a 5.3 percentage point increase due to a favorable mix shift among products, primarily less inkjet hardware and more laser supplies, partially offset by a 2.3 percentage point decrease due to product margins and a 0.5 percentage point decrease attributable to restructuring-related actions, primarily from an increase in accelerated depreciation charges YTY. Gross profit in 2008 included $42.5 million of restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring activities. See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs” that follows for further discussion.
36
During 2007, consolidated gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased when compared to the prior year. The change in the gross profit margin over the prior period was primarily due to a 4.2 percentage point decrease in product margins, principally in inkjet hardware, partially offset by a 3.0 percentage point favorable mix shift among products, primarily driven by less inkjet hardware revenue and a 0.4 percentage point improvement attributable to restructuring-related actions primarily from a reduction in accelerated depreciation charges YTY. Gross profit in 2007 included $17.0 million of restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring activities. Gross profit in 2006 also included $42.1 million of restructuring-related charges, primarily consisting of accelerated depreciation and project costs. See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs” that follows for further discussion.
Operating Expense
The following table presents information regarding the Company’s operating expenses during the periods indicated:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | 2008 | | | | 2007 | | | | 2006 | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | | Dollars | | | | % of Rev | | | | Dollars | | | | % of Rev | | | | Dollars | | | | % of Rev | |
Research and development | | | $ | 423.3 | | | | | 9.3 | % | | | $ | 403.8 | | | | | 8.1 | % | | | $ | 370.5 | | | | | 7.3 | % |
Selling, general & administrative | | | | 807.3 | | | | | 17.9 | % | | | | 812.8 | | | | | 16.4 | % | | | | 761.8 | | | | | 14.9 | % |
Restructuring and related charges | | | | 26.8 | | | | | 0.6 | % | | | | 25.7 | | | | | 0.5 | % | | | | 71.2 | | | | | 1.4 | % |
|
Total operating expense | | | $ | 1,257.4 | | | | | 27.8 | % | | | $ | 1,242.3 | | | | | 25.0 | % | | | $ | 1,203.5 | | | | | 23.6 | % |
|
Research and development increased in 2008 and 2007 compared to the prior year primarily due to the Company’s continued investment to support laser product and solution development. These continuing investments have led to new products and solutions aimed at targeted growth segments.
Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses in 2008 decreased YTY driven by lower general and administrative expenses. The lower general and administrative expenses were attributable to savings realized from the Company’s restructuring actions, partially offset by the negative impact of currency and the Company’s reinvestment of restructuring savings into the business. For 2007, SG&A expense increased YTY due to demand generation activities, which included the brand development marketing campaign launched in late 2006. The initiative included a television advertising campaign along with radio and print advertising in targeted geographic and market segments. Additionally, SG&A expenses in 2008 and 2007 included project costs related to the Company’s restructuring activities. See discussion below of restructuring and related charges and project costs included in the Company’s operating expenses for the years presented in the table above.
In 2008, the Company incurred $50.2 million of restructuring and related charges and project costs due to the Company’s restructuring plans. Of the $50.2 million of total restructuring and related charges and project costs incurred in 2008, $23.4 million is included inSelling, general and administrativewhile $26.8 million is included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
In 2007, the Company incurred $35.0 million of restructuring and related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans. Of the $35.0 million of total restructuring and related charges and project costs incurred in 2007, $9.3 million (net of a $3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Rosyth, Scotland facility) is included inSelling, general and administrativewhile $25.7 million is included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Restructuring and related charges in 2006 included $81.1 million of charges for the 2006 restructuring plan partially offset by a $9.9 million pension curtailment gain. The $71.2 million of net charges are included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
37
See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs” that follows for further discussion of the Company’s restructuring plans.
Operating Income (Loss)
The following table provides operating income by market segment:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | Change | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | | | Change | | | |
|
|
PSSD | | $ | 497.1 | | | $ | 612.0 | | | | (19 | )% | | $ | 612.0 | | | $ | 600.1 | | | | 2 | % | | |
% of revenue | | | 16.7% | | | | 20.4% | | | | (3.7 | )pts | | | 20.4% | | | | 20.9% | | | | (0.5 | )pts | | |
ISD | | $ | 137.1 | | | | 93.4 | | | | 47 | % | | $ | 93.4 | | | | 246.0 | | | | (62 | )% | | |
% of revenue | | | 8.9% | | | | 4.7% | | | | 4.2 | pts | | | 4.7% | | | | 11.0% | | | | (6.3 | )pts | | |
All other | | $ | (357.0 | ) | | | (384.1 | ) | | | 7 | % | | $ | (384.1 | ) | | | (403.6 | ) | | | 5 | % | | |
|
|
Total operating income (loss) | | $ | 277.2 | | | $ | 321.3 | | | | (14 | )% | | $ | 321.3 | | | $ | 442.5 | | | | (27 | )% | | |
% of total revenue | | | 6.1% | | | | 6.5% | | | | (0.4 | )pts | | | 6.5% | | | | 8.7% | | | | (2.2 | )pts | | |
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the decrease in consolidated operating income was due to decreased gross profits and higher operating expenses. Operating income for PSSD decreased YTY due to higher operating expenses, reflecting higher product development investments, and lower hardware gross profits, reflecting the impact of aggressive pricing as well as a negative impact due to product mix. Operating income for ISD increased YTY due to increased hardware gross margin, due to lower hardware unit sales, and decreased operating expenses, partially offset by lower supplies revenue.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the decrease in consolidated operating income was due to decreased gross profits and higher operating expenses partially offset by a reduction in restructuring-related charges and project costs YTY as discussed above. Operating income for PSSD increased YTY as higher gross profits, reflecting increased supplies revenue, were partially offset by higher operating expense, reflecting higher marketing and sales and product development investments. Operating income for ISD decreased YTY due to lower supplies revenue, lower product margins and increased operating expenses.
During 2008, the Company incurred total pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs of $24.4 million in PSSD, $27.3 million in ISD and $41.0 million in All other. During 2007, the Company incurred total pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs of $12.1 million in PSSD, $12.2 million in ISD and $27.7 million in All other. During 2006, the Company incurred restructuring-related charges and project costs of $35.9 million in PSSD, $57.2 million in ISD and $42.0 million in All other. All other operating income in 2006 also included a $9.9 million pension curtailment gain. See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs” that follows for further discussion.
Interest and Other
The following table provides interest and other information:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Interest (income) expense, net | | $ | (6.1 | ) | | $ | (21.2 | ) | | $ | (22.1 | ) |
Other expense (income), net | | | 7.4 | | | | (7.0 | ) | | | 5.3 | |
|
|
Total interest and other (income) expense, net | | $ | 1.3 | | | $ | (28.2 | ) | | $ | (16.8 | ) |
|
|
Total interest and other (income) expense, net, was expense of $1 million in 2008 compared to income of $28 million in 2007. The 2008 decrease YTY was primarily due to increased interest expense from the $650 million debt the Company issued in May 2008 as well as the $8 million pre-tax gain the Company recognized in 2007 from the substantial liquidation of the Company’s Scotland entity that did not occur in 2008. Additionally, the Company recognized $8 million in net losses in 2008 related to its marketable securities.
38
Total interest and other (income) expense, net, was income of $28 million in 2007 compared to income of $17 million in 2006. During 2007, the Company substantially liquidated the remaining operations of its Scotland entity and recognized an $8.1 million pre-tax gain from the realization of the entity’s accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment generated on the investment in the entity during its operating life.
Provision for Income Taxes and Related Matters
The Company’s effective income tax rate was approximately 12.9%, 13.9%, and 26.3% in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
The 1.0 percentage point reduction of the effective tax rate from 2007 to 2008 was due to a reduction of 5.3 percentage points, primarily related to the geographic shift in earnings along with a variety of other factors, partially offset by a smaller amount of reversals and adjustments to previously accrued taxes in 2008 (increase of 4.3 percentage points). During 2008, the Company reversed $11.6 million of previously accrued taxes principally due to the settlement of the U.S. tax audit for years 2004 and 2005.
The 12.4 percentage point reduction of the effective tax rate from 2006 to 2007 was primarily due to a geographic shift of earnings (6.9 percentage points) as well as reversals and adjustments of previously accrued taxes (5.4 percentage points). During 2007, the Company reversed $18.4 million of previously accrued taxes mostly due to the settlement of a tax audit outside the U.S. and recorded $11.2 million of adjustments to previously recorded tax amounts. Specific to the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded adjustments of $6.4 million to previously recorded tax amounts. The impact of these adjustments was insignificant to prior periods.
The 2006 effective income tax rate included a $14.3 million benefit from the reversal of previously accrued taxes related to the finalization of certain tax audits and the expiration of various domestic and foreign statutes of limitation. During 2006, the Company was subject to a tax holiday in Switzerland with respect to the earnings of one of the Company’s wholly-owned Swiss subsidiaries. The holiday expired at the end of 2006. The benefit derived from the tax holiday was $1.6 million in 2006.
Net Earnings
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased 20% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income partially offset by a lower effective tax rate. Net earnings in 2008 included $92.7 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring activities. See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs” that follows for further discussion. Net earnings in 2008 also included $12 million of non-recurring tax benefits.
Net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased 11% from the prior year primarily due to lower operating income partially offset by a lower effective tax rate. Net earnings in 2007 included $52.0 million (net of a $3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Rosyth, Scotland facility) of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring activities. See“Restructuring and Related Charges (Reversals) and Project Costs” that follows for further discussion. Net earnings in 2007 also included an $8.1 million pre-tax foreign exchange gain realized upon the substantial liquidation of the Company’s Scotland entity and $29 million of non-recurring tax benefits.
Net earnings in 2006 included $135.1 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs, a $9.9 million pre-tax pension curtailment gain and a $14.3 million income tax benefit from the reversal of previously accrued taxes related to the finalization of certain tax matters.
39
Earnings per Share
The following table summarizes basic and diluted net earnings per share:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Net earnings per share: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Basic | | $ | 2.70 | | | $ | 3.16 | | | $ | 3.29 | |
Diluted | | | 2.69 | | | | 3.14 | | | | 3.27 | |
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the decreases in basic and diluted net earnings per share YTY were attributable to decreased earnings partially offset by the decreases in the average number of shares outstanding, primarily due to the Company’s stock repurchases.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the decreases in basic and diluted net earnings per share YTY were attributable to decreased earnings partially offset by the decreases in the average number of shares outstanding, primarily due to the Company’s stock repurchases.
RESTRUCTURING AND RELATED CHARGES (REVERSALS) AND PROJECT COSTS
Summary of Restructuring Impacts
The Company’s 2008 financial results are impacted by its ongoing restructuring plans and related projects and are discussed in further detail below. Project costs consist of additional charges related to the execution of the restructuring plans. These project costs are incremental to the Company’s normal operating charges and are expensed as incurred, and include such items as compensation costs for overlap staffing, travel expenses, consulting costs and training costs. The tables below summarize the 2008 financial impacts of the Company’s restructuring plans and related projects.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred charges, including project costs, of $92.7 million for the Company’s restructuring plans as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2009 Action
| | | 2008 Action
| | | 2007 Action
| | | 2006 Action
| | | | | | | |
| | Restructuring-
| | | Restructuring-
| | | Restructuring-
| | | Restructuring-
| | | | | | | |
| | related
| | | related
| | | related
| | | related
| | | | | | | |
| | Charges
| | | Charges
| | | Charges
| | | Charges
| | | Project
| | | | |
(In Millions) | | (Note 4) | | | (Note 4) | | | (Note 4) | | | (Note 4) | | | Costs | | | Total | |
| |
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs | | $ | — | | | $ | 18.0 | | | $ | 17.3 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 15.3 | | | $ | 50.6 | |
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs | | | 20.2 | | | | 3.0 | | | | (0.7 | ) | | | (1.5 | ) | | | 15.3 | | | | 36.3 | |
Contract termination and lease charges | | | — | | | | — | | | | 4.9 | | | | 0.9 | | | | — | | | | 5.8 | |
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs | | $ | 20.2 | | | $ | 21.0 | | | $ | 21.5 | | | $ | (0.6 | ) | | $ | 30.6 | | | $ | 92.7 | |
|
|
The Company incurred $42.5 million of accelerated depreciation charges and project costs inCost of revenueand $8.1 million inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. $26.8 million of total employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges are included inRestructuring and related chargeswhile $15.3 million of related project costs are included inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred restructuring and related charges and project costs related to its restructuring plans of $24.4 million in PSSD, $27.3 million in ISD and $41.0 million in All other.
In the first quarter of 2009, restructuring and related costs and expenses due to the restructuring actions are expected to be approximately $13 million, with expected savings of about $23 million.
40
2009 Restructuring Plan
General
In response to the global economic weakening, on January 13, 2009, the Company announced a restructuring plan (the “2009 Restructuring Plan”). The 2009 Restructuring Plan is expected to impact about 375 positions through the end of 2009. The areas impacted include general and administrative functions, supply chain and sales support, research and development program consolidation, as well as marketing and sales management. The Company estimates the 2009 Restructuring Plan will result in total pre-tax charges of approximately $45 million, all of which will require cash. Expected savings are $40 million in 2009 and $50 million per year thereafter. Approximately 95% of the savings are expected to benefit operating expense, and the remaining 5% will impact cost of sales. The Company expects the 2009 Restructuring Plan to be substantially completed by the end of 2009.
Impact to 2008 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred $20.2 million for the 2009 Restructuring Plan as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2009 Action
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | Restructuring-
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | related
| | | Project
| | | | | | | |
(In Millions) | | Charges(Note 4) | | | Costs | | | Total | | | | |
| |
|
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs | | $ | 20.2 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 20.2 | | | | | |
|
|
The Company incurred $15.5 million in PSSD, $1.7 million in ISD and $3.0 million in All other. The $20.2 million of total employee termination benefit charges are included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Liability Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with the 2009 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included inAccrued liabilitieson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
| | | | |
| | Employee
| |
| | Termination
| |
| | Benefits | |
| |
|
Balance at January 1, 2008 | | $ | — | |
Costs incurred | | | 20.7 | |
Payments & other(1) | | | (0.5 | ) |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | $ | 20.2 | |
|
|
| | |
(1) | | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
2008 Restructuring Plan
General
To enhance the efficiency of the Company’s inkjet cartridge manufacturing operations, the Company announced a plan (the “2008 Restructuring Plan”) on July 22, 2008, that resulted in the closure of one of the Company’s inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Mexico. The 2008 Restructuring Plan is expected to be substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2009, and any remaining charges to be incurred will be immaterial.
41
Impact to 2008 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred charges of $22.8 million for the 2008 Restructuring Plan as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 Action
| | | | | | | |
| | Restructuring-
| | | | | | | |
| | related
| | | | | | | |
(In Millions) | | Charges (Note 4) | | | Project Costs | | | Total | |
| |
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs | | $ | 18.0 | | | $ | 1.8 | | | $ | 19.8 | |
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs | | | 3.0 | | | | — | | | | 3.0 | |
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs | | $ | 21.0 | | | $ | 1.8 | | | $ | 22.8 | |
|
|
The $19.8 million of accelerated depreciation charges and project costs are included inCost of revenue, and the $3.0 million of total employee termination benefit charges are included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The Company incurred $22.7 million in ISD and $0.1 million in All other.
Liability Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with the 2008 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included inAccrued liabilitieson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
| | | | |
| | Employee
| |
| | Termination
| |
| | Benefits | |
| |
|
Balance at January 1, 2008 | | $ | — | |
Costs incurred | | | 3.4 | |
Payments & other(1) | | | (2.2 | ) |
Reversals(2) | | | (0.4 | ) |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | $ | 0.8 | |
|
|
| | |
1) | | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
|
2) | | Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination benefits. |
2007 Restructuring Plan
General
On October 23, 2007, the Company announced the “2007 Restructuring Plan”, which included:
| | |
| • | Closing one of the Company’s inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Mexico and additional optimization measures at the remaining inkjet facilities in Mexico and the Philippines; |
|
| • | Reducing the Company’s business support cost and expense structure by further consolidating activity globally and expanding the use of shared service centers in lower-cost regions — the areas impacted are supply chain, service delivery, general and administrative expense, as well as marketing and sales support functions; and |
|
| • | Focusing consumer segment marketing and sales efforts into countries or geographic regions that have the highest supplies usage. |
The 2007 Restructuring Plan is expected to be substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2009, and any remaining charges to be incurred will be immaterial.
42
Impact to 2008 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred $50.3 million for the 2007 Restructuring Plan as presented below:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2007 Action
| | | | | | | |
| | Restructuring-
| | | | | | | |
| | related Charges
| | | | | | | |
(In Millions) | | (Note 4) | | | Project Costs | | | Total | |
| |
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs | | $ | 17.3 | | | $ | 13.5 | | | $ | 30.8 | |
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs | | | (0.7 | ) | | | 15.3 | | | | 14.6 | |
Contract termination and lease charges | | | 4.9 | | | | — | | | | 4.9 | |
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs | | $ | 21.5 | | | $ | 28.8 | | | $ | 50.3 | |
|
|
$22.7 million and $8.1 million of accelerated depreciation charges and project costs are included inCost of revenueandSelling, general and administrative, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The $4.2 million of total employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges are included inRestructuring and related chargeswhile the $15.3 million of related project costs are included inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred restructuring and related charges and project costs related to its 2007 Restructuring Plan of $9.2 million in PSSD, $2.9 million in ISD, and $38.2 million in All other.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Company sold one of its inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Juarez, Mexico for $4.6 million and recognized a $1.1 million pre-tax gain on the sale that is included inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The $15.3 million of project costs is the net amount incurred after including the gain recognized on the sale.
Liability Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges in connection with the 2007 Restructuring Plan. Of the total $16.2 million restructuring liability, $14.9 million is included inAccrued liabilitiesand $1.3 million is included inOther liabilitieson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Employee
| | | | | | | |
| | Termination
| | | Contract
| | | | |
| | Benefit
| | | Termination &
| | | | |
| | Charges | | | Lease Charges | | | Total | |
| |
|
Balance at January 1, 2007 | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | |
Costs incurred | | | 25.7 | | | | — | | | | 25.7 | |
Payments & other(1) | | | (4.6 | ) | | | — | | | | (4.6 | ) |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 | | | 21.1 | | | | — | | | | 21.1 | |
Costs incurred | | | 7.1 | | | | 4.9 | | | | 12.0 | |
Payments & other(2) | | | (8.3 | ) | | | (0.7 | ) | | | (9.0 | ) |
Reversals(3) | | | (7.9 | ) | | | — | | | | (7.9 | ) |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | $ | 12.0 | | | $ | 4.2 | | | $ | 16.2 | |
|
|
| | |
1) | | Other consists of pension related items that were settled through the Company’s pension plans. |
|
2) | | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
|
3) | | Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination benefits. |
43
Impacts to 2007 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred charges of $34.2 million for the 2007 Restructuring Plan as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2007 Action
| | | | | | | |
| | Restructuring-
| | | | | | | |
| | related
| | | | | | | |
(In Millions) | | Charges (Note 4) | | | Project Costs | | | Total | |
| |
|
Accelerated depreciation charges/project costs | | $ | 5.1 | | | $ | 0.8 | | | $ | 5.9 | |
Employee termination benefit charges/project costs | | | 25.7 | | | | 2.6 | | | | 28.3 | |
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges/project costs | | $ | 30.8 | | | $ | 3.4 | | | $ | 34.2 | |
|
|
The Company incurred $5.9 million of accelerated depreciation charges and project costs inCost of revenueon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. $25.7 million of total employee termination benefit charges are included inRestructuring and related chargeswhile $2.6 million of related project costs are included inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred restructuring and related charges and project costs of $6.4 million in PSSD, $14.9 million in ISD and $12.9 million in All other.
2006 Restructuring Plan
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company approved a plan to restructure its workforce, consolidate manufacturing capacity and make certain changes to its U.S. retirement plans (collectively referred to as the “2006 actions”). Except for approximately 100 positions that were eliminated in 2007, activities related to the 2006 actions were substantially completed at the end of 2006.
Impact to 2008 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reversed $1.5 million of previously accrued employee termination benefits and accrued an additional $0.9 million of contract termination and lease charges due to a revision in assumptions based on current economic conditions. The net reversal is included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Of the net $0.6 million reversed in 2008, the Company recognized $(0.3) million in PSSD and $(0.3) million in All other.
Impact to 2007 Financial Results
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company sold its Rosyth, Scotland facility for $8.1 million and recognized a $3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale that is included inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
During the second quarter of 2007, the Company substantially liquidated the remaining operations of its Scotland entity and recognized an $8.1 million pre-tax gain from the realization of the entity’s accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment generated on the investment in the entity during its operating life. This gain is included inOther (income) expense, neton the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred approximately $17.8 million of project costs related to the Company’s 2006 actions. The $17.8 million of project costs is the net amount incurred after including the gain recognized on the sale of the Rosyth, Scotland facility during the first quarter of 2007. Of the $17.8 million of 2006 project costs incurred, $11.1 million is included inCost of revenueand $6.7 million inSelling, general and administrativeon the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred total pre-tax 2006 project costs of $5.7 million in PSSD and $14.8 million in All other, while ISD realized a $2.7 million net benefit after the sale of the Rosyth, Scotland facility.
44
Impact to 2006 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company incurred net pre-tax charges and project costs of $125.2 million related to the 2006 actions. Of the $125.2 million, $42.1 million is included inCost of revenue,$11.9 million inSelling, general and administrativeand $71.2 million inRestructuring and related chargeson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company incurred total pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs of $35.9 million in PSSD, $57.2 million in ISD and $42 million in All other. All other operating income also included a $9.9 million pension curtailment gain.
Liability Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges in connection with the 2006 actions. Of the total $2.1 million restructuring liability, $1.0 million is included inAccrued liabilitiesand $1.1 million is included inOther liabilitieson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Employee
| | | | | | | |
| | Termination
| | | Contract
| | | | |
| | Benefit
| | | Termination &
| | | | |
| | Charges | | | Lease Charges | | | Total | |
| |
|
Balance at January 1, 2007 | | $ | 25.3 | | | $ | 4.8 | | | $ | 30.1 | |
Payments & other(1) | | | (14.0 | ) | | | (1.7 | ) | | | (15.7 | ) |
Reversals(3) | | | (0.9 | ) | | | (1.7 | ) | | | (2.6 | ) |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 | | | 10.4 | | | | 1.4 | | | | 11.8 | |
Costs incurred | | | — | | | | 1.0 | | | | 1.0 | |
Payments & other(2) | | | (7.8 | ) | | | (0.7 | ) | | | (8.5 | ) |
Reversals(3) | | | (2.2 | ) | | | — | | | | (2.2 | ) |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | $ | 0.4 | | | $ | 1.7 | | | $ | 2.1 | |
|
|
| | |
(1) | | Other consists of additions due to positions being eliminated in 2007 and changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
|
(2) | | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
|
(3) | | Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges. |
PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLANS
The following table provides the total pre-tax cost related to Lexmark’s retirement plans for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006. Cost amounts are included as an addition to the Company’s cost and expense amounts in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Total cost of pension and other postretirement plans | | $ | 37.0 | | | $ | 40.2 | | | $ | 34.4 | |
|
|
Comprised of: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Defined benefit pension plans | | $ | 11.4 | | | $ | 13.2 | | | $ | 12.5 | |
Defined contribution plans | | | 25.1 | | | | 25.8 | | | | 20.5 | |
Other postretirement plans | | | 0.5 | | | | 1.2 | | | | 1.4 | |
|
|
The increase in the cost of defined contribution plans in 2007 and 2008 compared to 2006 was primarily due to the enhancement of benefits in the U.S. plan that were enacted in April 2006. Changes in actuarial assumptions did not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations in 2007 and 2008, nor are they expected to have a material effect in 2009. Future effects of retirement-related benefits on the operating results of the Company depend on economic conditions, employee demographics, mortality rates and investment performance. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information relating to the Company’s pension and other postretirement plans.
45
In 2008, there was a significant decline in the value of pension plan assets primarily resulting from a large decline in equity markets. Because the Company defers current year differences between actual and expected asset returns on equity investments over the subsequent five years in accordance with prescribed accounting guidelines, this is only expected to increase the 2009 pension expense for US plans by approximately $5 million.
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“the Act”) was enacted on August 17, 2006. Most of its provisions have become effective in 2008. The Act significantly changes the funding requirements for single-employer defined benefit pension plans. The funding requirements are now largely based on a plan’s calculated funded status, with faster amortization of any shortfalls. The Act directs the U.S. Treasury Department to develop a new yield curve to discount pension obligations for determining the funded status of a plan when calculating the funding requirements. The provisions of the Act have resulted in the need for additional funding in 2009 of approximately $76 million in the first quarter.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Financial Position
Lexmark’s financial position remains strong at December 31, 2008, with working capital of $805 million compared to $570 million at December 31, 2007. The increase in working capital accounts was primarily due to the $239.8 million decrease in current liabilities driven by the Company’s repayment of $150.0 million senior note debt that matured in the second quarter of 2008 as well as the $79.8 million decrease in accounts payable discussed below. Current assets decreased slightly, driven by declines in trade receivables and inventories offset by the increase in the Company’s marketable securities investments. Although declining from 2006 to 2008, the Company continues to generate solid cash flows from operating activities as discussed below.
The Company issued $650 million of new long-term debt in 2008, but used a large portion of the proceeds to repurchase shares during the second half of 2008. Lexmark also had $5.5 million of other short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2008. The Company had no amounts outstanding under its U.S. trade receivables financing program or its revolving credit facility at December 31, 2008, or December 31, 2007. The debt to total capital ratio was 45% at December 31, 2008, compared to 10% at December 31, 2007.
Liquidity
The following table summarizes the results of the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years indicated:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Dollars in Millions) | | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Net cash flows provided by (used for): | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Operating activities | | $ | 482.1 | | | $ | 564.2 | | | $ | 670.9 | |
Investing activities | | | (427.6 | ) | | | (287.4 | ) | | | 112.7 | |
Financing activities | | | (48.1 | ) | | | (147.0 | ) | | | (808.7 | ) |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | | | (4.2 | ) | | | 2.6 | | | | 1.4 | |
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 2.2 | | | $ | 132.4 | | | $ | (23.7 | ) |
|
|
The Company’s primary source of liquidity has been cash generated by operations, which totaled $482 million, $564 million and $671 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Cash from operations generally has been sufficient to allow the Company to fund its working capital needs and finance its capital expenditures during these periods along with the repurchase of approximately $0.6 billion, $0.2 billion and $0.9 billion of its Class A Common Stock during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Management believes that cash provided by operations will continue to be sufficient to meet operating and capital needs in the foreseeable future. However, in the event that cash from operations is
46
not sufficient, the Company has other potential sources of cash through utilization of its accounts receivable financing program, revolving credit facility or other financing sources.
Operating activities
The decrease in cash flows from operating activities from 2007 to 2008 was driven by the $116.7 million unfavorable YTY change inAccounts Payable,the $110.2 million combined unfavorable changes inAccrued liabilitiesandOther assets and liabilities, as well as various other lines impacted by the general decline in profitability in the third and fourth quarter of 2008. These movements were offset partially by the $145.0 million favorable YTY impact ofTrade receivables.
The unfavorable impact ofAccounts Payablewas largely due to the timing of vendor payments. In 2007, the Company was able to lengthen the cycle in which it pays its vendors, as indicated by the cash conversion days chart in the following section. In addition, a cash flow timing benefit was realized atyear-end 2007 related to vendors with end of month payment terms who were paid the first week of 2008. These two conditions resulted in a larger year-end 2007 Accounts Payable balance, which was then paid in 2008 resulting in unfavorable YTY movement.
The unfavorable impacts ofAccrued liabilitiesandOther assets and liabilities were due to many factors. Notable YTY fluctuations in cash outflows included $21.7 million of additional cash paid for income taxes, $97.8 million paid in 2008 compared to $76.1 million in 2007, as well as $14.3 million of additional cash paid for interest, $26.9 million paid in 2008 compared to $12.6 million paid in 2007. Due to the current level of senior note debt outstanding, interest payments should be roughly $30 million higher per year than payments made in recent years, though a small portion of this increase may be capitalizable for certain long lived assets under construction.
The favorable impact ofAccounts Receivablewas driven by collections, as indicated in the cash conversion days table in the section below. Days of sales outstanding decreased 4 days fromyear-end 2007 to year-end 2008 due to improvements in delinquency, geographic shift in sales to faster collecting countries, and the timing within the quarter in which the sales occurred. In regard to the weakening economy, the Company has not experienced any notable customer liquidity issues impacting the collectibility of its receivables, with the exception of the Circuit City bankruptcy which did not have a material impact on the Company’s current year cash flows or results of operations.
The decrease in cash flows from operating activities from 2006 to 2007 primarily resulted from lower net earnings as well as unfavorable changes of $69 million inAccrued liabilitiesand $61 million inTrade Receivables.
The change inAccrued liabilitieswas primarily due to unfavorable changes in accrued salaries and incentive compensation of $49 million and restructuring-related accruals of $27 million compared to the prior year. The impact of accrued salaries and incentive compensation was driven by the payment of 2006 bonuses in the first quarter of 2007. Bonuses earned in 2006 were considerably higher than those earned in 2005. Payments for such programs generally occur in the first quarter of the subsequent year. The impact of restructuring-related accruals was driven by the relatively small movement in the liability in 2007 compared to that of 2006, resulting in a lower non-cash addition to net earnings when deriving cash flows from operations. In 2007, there were approximately $26 million of accruals offset by $23 million of payments and other adjustments, resulting in a non-cash addition to net earnings of only $3 million related to the Company’s restructuring actions. In 2006, there were approximately $81 million of accruals offset partially by $51 million of payments and other adjustments, resulting in a non-cash addition to net earnings of $30 million related to the Company’s restructuring actions.
The $61 million change noted inTrade Receivableswas primarily the result of greater collections in the year 2006 versus 2007, the majority of which occurred in the first quarter. A significantly higher trade receivables balance existed at December 31, 2005 versus December 31, 2006 due to a larger portion of the fourth quarter sales for 2005 occurring in the later part of the quarter.
47
Cash Conversion Days
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Days of sales outstanding | | | 36 | | | | 40 | | | | 38 | |
Days of inventory | | | 51 | | | | 48 | | | | 44 | |
Days of payables | | | 65 | | | | 66 | | | | 57 | |
|
|
Cash conversion days | | | 22 | | | | 22 | | | | 25 | |
|
|
Cash conversion days represent the number of days that elapse between the moment the Company pays for materials and the day it collects cash from its customers. Cash conversion days are equal to days of sales outstanding plus days of inventory less days of payables.
The days of sales outstanding are calculated using the year-end trade receivables, net of allowances, and the average daily revenue for the quarter.
The days of inventory are calculated using the year-end net inventories balance and the average daily cost of revenue for the quarter.
The days of payables are calculated using the year-end accounts payable balance and the average daily cost of revenue for the quarter.
Cash Generation Trends
Cash flow from operations has trended downward since 2006 and the Company’s cash flow from operations was lower in the fourth quarter of 2008 compared to prior periods. Recent economic conditions have impacted the Company’s profitability as well as contracted its receivables, inventories and accounts payable. Based on these facts, it is possible that the Company’s 2009 cash flow from operations may be less than cash flow from operations generated in 2008. In addition to cash flow from operations, the Company has additional sources of liquidity that are discussed further in the“Additional Sources of Liquidity” section that follows.
Refer to the contractual cash obligations in the pages that follow for additional information regarding items that will likely impact the Company’s future cash flows.
Investing activities
The Company increased its marketable securities investments by $210.6 million and $112.9 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company decreased its marketable securities investments in 2006 by $314.8 million, electing to spend more money on share repurchases in that year. The YTY variations in cash flows (used for) provided by investing activities were driven by the Company’s marketable securities investment activities.
The Company’s investments in marketable securities are classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. At December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Company’s marketable securities portfolio consisted of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt securities, municipal debt securities, U.S. government and agency debt securities, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and preferred securities, including approximately $25 million and $79 million, respectively, of auction rate securities.
Market conditions continue to indicate significant uncertainty on the part of investors on the economic outlook for the U.S. and for financial institutions. This uncertainty has created reduced liquidity across the fixed income investment market, including the securities in which Lexmark is invested. As a result, some of the Company’s investments have experienced reduced liquidity including unsuccessful auctions for its auction rate security holdings as well as temporary and other than temporary impairment of other marketable securities. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized $7.9 million in net losses on its marketable securities, including $7.3 million for other-than-temporary impairment of securities held by the Company on December 31, 2008 described in following paragraph.
48
In 2008 there were several significant market events, including the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings and the failure of many auction rate securities. In 2008, Lexmark transferred its Lehman Brothers corporate debt securities into the Level 3 category of the fair value hierarchy, and subsequently took a charge of $4.4 million based on the estimated fair value of the investments determined from indicative pricing sources. Additionally in 2008, the Company recognized a $1.9 million charge for other-than-temporary impairment in connection with its auction rate fixed income securities; the fair value of which was determined using an internal discount cash flow valuation model discussed later in this section. The Company also incurred another $1.0 million of charges related to other-than-temporary impairments of certain distressed corporate debt, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The $7.3 million in total losses were recognized inOther (income) expense, neton the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and included in the Company’s Level 3 rollforward table in Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition, the Company has recognized a cumulative, pre-tax valuation allowance of $1.7 million included inAccumulated other comprehensive losson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, representing a temporary impairment of the overall portfolio. The pre-tax valuation allowance consists of gross unrealized losses of $8.2 million, primarily related to asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities and corporate debt securities, offset partially by $6.5 million of gross unrealized holding gains related mostly to US government and agency securities.
The Company assesses its marketable securities for other-than-temporary declines in value by considering several factors that include, among other things, any events that may affect the creditworthiness of a security’s issuer, current and expected market conditions, the length of time and extent to which fair value is less than cost, and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security until a forecasted recovery of fair value that may include holding the security to maturity. As of February 27, 2009, the Company does not believe that it has a material risk in its current portfolio of investments that would impact its financial condition or liquidity.
Auction rate securities that do not successfully auction reset to the maximum rate as prescribed in the underlying offering statement. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company reclassified $59.4 million in auction rate fixed income securities fromCurrent assetstoNoncurrent assetson its Consolidated Condensed Statement of Financial Position due to the fact that the securities had experienced unsuccessful auctions and poor debt market conditions had reduced the likelihood that the securities would successfully auction within the next 12 months. During the next three quarters, $40.5 million of the Company’s auction rate securities were either sold or redeemed at par, resulting in no realized losses in 2008. At year-end 2008, the Company performed a discounted cash flow analysis on its remaining auction rate securities that resulted in a mark to market loss adjustment of $2.5 million. Of this $2.5 million loss adjustment, $1.9 million (mentioned previously) was recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as an other than temporary impairment due to credit events involving the issuer and insurer of one security. The remaining $0.6 million was recognized inAccumulated other comprehensive losson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Based on Lexmark’s assessment of the credit quality of the underlying collateral and credit support available to each of the auction rate securities in which the Company is invested, it believes no additional other than temporary impairment has occurred. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until liquidity in the market or optional issuer redemption occurs and could also hold the securities to maturity. Additionally, if Lexmark required capital, the Company has available liquidity through its accounts receivable program and revolving credit facility.
Recent events have led to an increased focus on fair value accounting, including the practices companies utilize to value financial instruments. The Company uses a third party to provide the fair values of the marketable securities in which Lexmark is invested, though the valuation of its investments is the responsibility of the Company. The Company has performed a reasonable level of due diligence in the way of documenting the pricing methodologies used by the third party as well as a limited amount of sampling of the valuations. Most of the Company’s securities are valued using a consensus price method, whereby prices from a variety of industry data providers (multiple quotes) are input into a distribution-curve based algorithm to determine daily market values. Pricing inputs for a select number of securities were provided and compared to the overall valuation for reasonableness. In limited instances, the Company has
49
adjusted the fair values provided by the third party in order to better reflect the risk adjustments that market participants would make for nonperformance and liquidity risks. Level 3 fair value measurements are based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall valuation. The Company’s Level 3 recurring fair value measurements include security types that do not have readily determinable market valuesand/or are not priced by independent data sources, including failed auction rate securities valued at $24.7 million (discussed previously), certain distressed debt instruments valued at $0.8 million (including Lehman corporate debt valued at $0.5 million) and other thinly traded corporate debt securities and mortgage-backed securities valued at $0.6 million. These measurements were roughly 3.6% of the Company’s total available-for-sale marketable securities portfolio.
The discounted cash flow analysis performed by the Company on its auction rate securities at year-end 2008 used current coupon rates, a first quarter 2010 redemption date and a 50 basis point liquidity premium factored into the discount rate. The result was the Company’s best estimate of fair value using assumptions that the Company believes market participants would make for nonperformance and liquidity risk at the measurement date. For certain debt instruments that the Company considers distressed due to reasons such as bankruptcy or a significant downgrade in credit rating, the securities are generally valued using non-binding quotes from brokers or other indicative pricing sources. For certain corporate debt and mortgage-backed securities held by the Company, current pricing data was no longer available at the measurement date, representing a decline in the volume and level of trading activity. These securities are also generally valued using non-binding quotes from brokers or other indicative pricing sources.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding FAS 157Fair Value Measurements. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding marketable securities.
In addition to investing in marketable securities, the Company also invested $217.7 million, $182.7 million and $200.2 million into property, plant and equipment for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively. Further discussion regarding 2008 capital expenditures as well as anticipated spending for 2009 are provided near the end of Item 7.
Other notable investing cash flows include $4.6 million proceeds received from the sale of the Company’s inkjet supplies assembly plant located in Juarez, Mexico in the third quarter of 2008 as well as $8.1 million proceeds received from the sale of the Scotland facility that occurred in the first quarter of 2007. These events are presented inProceeds from sale of facilitiesin the Investing section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for their respective periods.
Financing activities
The fluctuations in the net cash flows used for financing activities were principally due to the Company’s share repurchase activity, offset partially by the repayment of debt and issuance of new debt that occurred in the second quarter of 2008. The Company repurchased $0.6 billion, $0.2 billion and $0.9 billion of treasury stock during 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Refer to the sections that follow for additional information regarding these financing activities.
Share Repurchases
In May 2008, the Company received authorization from the board of directors to repurchase an additional $750 million of its Class A Common Stock for a total repurchase authority of $4.65 billion. As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $0.5 billion of share repurchase authority remaining. This repurchase authority allows the Company, at management’s discretion, to selectively repurchase its stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions depending upon market price and other factors. During 2008, the Company repurchased approximately 17.5 million shares at a cost of approximately $0.6 billion, including two accelerated share repurchase agreements discussed below. As of December 31, 2008, since the inception of the program in April 1996, the Company had repurchased approximately 91.6 million shares for an aggregate cost of approximately $4.2 billion. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had reissued approximately 0.5 million shares of previously
50
repurchased shares in connection with certain of its employee benefit programs. As a result of these issuances as well as the retirement of 44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million shares of treasury stock in 2005, 2006 and 2008, respectively, the net treasury shares outstanding at December 31, 2008, were 15.1 million.
Accelerated Share Repurchase Agreements
The Company executed two accelerated share repurchase agreements (“ASR”) with financial institution counterparties in 2008, resulting in a total of 8.7 million shares repurchased at a cost of $250.0 million over the third and fourth quarter. The impact of the two ASRs is included in the share repurchase totals provided in the preceding paragraphs. The settlement provisions of both ASRs were essentially forward contracts, and were accounted for under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) IssueNo. 00-19Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stockas equity instruments. The details of each ASR are provided in the following paragraphs.
On August 28, 2008, the Company entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with a financial institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company paid $150.0 million targeting 4.1 million shares based on an initial price of $36.90. On September 3, 2008, the Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or 3.5 million shares at a cost of $127.5 million. The final number of shares to be delivered by the counterparty under the ASR was dependent on the average of the daily volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock over the agreement’s trading period, a discount, and the initial number of shares delivered. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company would either receive additional shares from the counterparty or be required to deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty. The Company controlled its election to either deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty. On October 21, 2008, the counterparty delivered 1.2 million shares in final settlement of the agreement, bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to 4.7 million at a total cost of $150.0 million at an average price per share of $31.91.
On October 21, 2008, the Company entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with another financial institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company paid $100.0 million targeting 3.9 million shares based on an initial price of $25.71. On October 24, 2008, the Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or 3.3 million shares at a cost of $85.0 million. The final number of shares to be delivered by the counterparty under the ASR was dependent on the average of the daily volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock over the agreement’s trading period, a discount, and the initial number of shares delivered. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company would either receive additional shares from the counterparty or be required to deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty. The Company controlled its election to either deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty. On December 26, 2008, the counterparty delivered 0.7 million shares in final settlement of the agreement, bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to 4.0 million at a total cost of $100.0 million at an average price per share of $25.22.
Retirement of Treasury Shares
In December 2005, October 2006 and October 2008, the Company received authorization from the board of directors to retire 44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million shares, respectively, of the Company’s Class A Common Stock currently held in the Company’s treasury as treasury stock. The retired shares resumed the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Earnings for the effects onCommon stock,Capital in excess of par,Retained earningsandTreasury stockfrom the retirement of the 16.0 million shares of Class A Common Stock in 2006 and 16.0 million shares of Class A Common Stock in 2008.
51
Senior Notes — Long-term Debt and Current Portion of Long-term Debt
In May 2008, the Company repaid its $150 million principal amount of 6.75% senior notes that were due on May 15, 2008. Additionally, in May 2008, the Company completed a public debt offering of $650 million aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior unsecured notes. The notes are split into two tranches offive- and ten-year notes respectively. The five-year notes with an aggregate principal amount of $350 million and 5.9% coupon were priced at 99.83% to have an effective yield to maturity of 5.939% and will mature June 1, 2013 (referred to as the “2013 senior notes”). The ten-year notes with an aggregate principal amount of $300 million and 6.65% coupon were priced at 99.73% to have an effective yield to maturity of 6.687% and will mature June 1, 2018 (referred to as the “2018 senior notes”). At December 31, 2008, the outstanding balance was $648.7 million (net of unamortized discount of $1.3 million).
The 2013 and 2018 senior notes (collectively referred to as the “senior notes”) pay interest on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning December 1, 2008. The interest rate payable on the notes of each series will be subject to adjustments from time to time if either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services downgrades the debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment grade, or subsequently upgrades the ratings.
The senior notes contain typical restrictions on liens, sale leaseback transactions, mergers and sales of assets. There are no sinking fund requirements on the senior notes and they may be redeemed at any time at the option of the Company, at a redemption price as described in the related indenture agreement, as supplemented and amended, in whole or in part. If a “change of control triggering event” as defined below occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase the notes in cash from the holders at a price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the date of repurchase. A “change of control triggering event” is defined as the occurrence of both a change of control and a downgrade in the debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment grade.
The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund share repurchases, repay debt, finance acquisitions, finance capital expenditures and operating expenses and invest in any subsidiaries.
Additional Sources of Liquidity
Credit Facility
Effective January 20, 2005, Lexmark entered into a $300 million5-year senior, unsecured, multi-currency revolving credit facility with a group of banks. Under the credit facility, the Company may borrow in U.S. dollars, euros, British pounds sterling and Japanese yen. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no amounts outstanding under the credit facility.
Lexmark’s credit agreement contains usual and customary default provisions, leverage and interest coverage restrictions and certain restrictions on secured and subsidiary debt, disposition of assets, liens and mergers and acquisitions. The $300 million credit facility has a maturity date of January 20, 2010.
Interest on all borrowings under the facility depends upon the type of loan, namely alternative base rate loans, swingline loans or eurocurrency loans. Alternative base rate loans bear interest at the greater of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus one-half of one percent. Swingline loans (limited to $50 million) bear interest at an agreed upon rate at the time of the borrowing. Eurocurrency loans bear interest at the sum of (i) a LIBOR for the applicable currency and interest period and (ii) an interest rate spread based upon the Company’s debt ratings ranging from 0.18% to 0.80%. In addition, Lexmark is required to pay a facility fee on the $300 million line of credit of 0.07% to 0.20% based upon the Company’s debt ratings. The interest and facility fees are payable at least quarterly.
52
Trade Receivables Facility
In the U.S., the Company transfers a majority of its receivables to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Lexmark Receivables Corporation (“LRC”), which then may transfer the receivables on a limited recourse basis to an unrelated third party. The financial results of LRC are included in the Company’s consolidated financial results. LRC is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who, in a liquidation of LRC, would be entitled to be satisfied out of LRC’s assets prior to any value in LRC becoming available for equity claims of the Company.
In October 2004, the Company entered into an amended and restated agreement to sell a portion of its trade receivables on a limited recourse basis. The amended agreement allowed for a maximum capital availability of $200 million under this facility. The primary purpose of the amendment was to extend the term of the facility to October 16, 2007, with required annual renewal of commitments.
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company amended the facility to allow LRC to repurchase receivables previously transferred to the unrelated third party. Prior to the 2007 amendment, the Company accounted for the transfer of receivables from LRC to the unrelated third party as sales of receivables. As a result of the 2007 amendment, the Company accounts for the transfers of receivables from LRC to the unrelated third party as a secured borrowing with a pledge of its receivables as collateral. The amendment became effective in the second quarter of 2007. In October 2008, the facility was renewed until October 3, 2009 and the maximum capital available under the facility decreased from $200 million to $100 million.
This facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants as well as specific provisions related to the quality of the accounts receivables transferred. As collections reduce previously transferred receivables, the Company may replenish these with new receivables. Lexmark bears a limited risk of bad debt losses on the trade receivables transferred, since the Company over-collateralizes the receivables transferred with additional eligible receivables. Lexmark addresses this risk of loss in its allowance for doubtful accounts. Receivables transferred to the unrelated third-party may not include amounts over 90 days past due or concentrations over certain limits with any one customer. The facility also contains customary cash control triggering events which, if triggered, could adversely affect the Company’s liquidityand/or its ability to transfer trade receivables. A downgrade in the Company’s credit rating could reduce the Company’s ability to transfer trade receivables.
There were no secured borrowings outstanding under the facility at December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007.
Other Information
The Company’s credit rating could be influenced by a number of factors, including overall economic conditions, demand for the Company’s printers and associated supplies and ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service the Company’s debt. The Company does not have any rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate the maturity dates of its revolving credit facility and public debt. The Company’s borrowing capacity may be reduced under the Accounts Receivable Program should the Company’s rating decline. In addition, a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating could increase the cost of borrowing under its revolving credit facility and the coupon payments on the Company’s public debt if the rating falls below investment grade. Moreover, credit ratings could adversely affect the Company’s ability to obtain access to new financings in the future and could increase the cost of such borrowings. The Company’s current credit ratings are Baa2 and BBB, as evaluated by Moody’s Investors Service and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, respectively. Lexmark has been notified by the two credit rating agencies above that the Company’s credit rating is under review.
The Company is in compliance with all covenants and other requirements set forth in its debt agreements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
53
Contractual Cash Obligations
The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations at December 31, 2008:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Less than
| | | 1-3
| | | 3-5
| | | More than
| |
(Dollars in Millions) | | Total | | | 1 Year | | | Years | | | Years | | | 5 Years | |
| |
|
Long-term debt(1) | | $ | 933 | | | $ | 41 | | | $ | 81 | | | $ | 421 | | | $ | 390 | |
Capital leases | | | 1 | | | | 1 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | |
Operating leases | | | 94 | | | | 36 | | | | 41 | | | | 14 | | | | 3 | |
Purchase obligations | | | 160 | | | | 160 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | |
Uncertain tax positions | | | 29 | | | | 6 | | | | 23 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Other long-term liabilities(2) | | | 62 | | | | 38 | | | | 7 | | | | — | | | | 17 | |
|
|
Total contractual obligations | | $ | 1,279 | | | $ | 282 | | | $ | 152 | | | $ | 435 | | | $ | 410 | |
|
|
| | |
(1) | | includes interest payments |
|
(2) | | includes current portion of other long-term liabilities |
Long-term debtreported in the table above includes principal repayments of $350 million and $300 million in the3-5 YearsandMore than 5 Yearscolumns, respectively. All other amounts represent interest payments.
Purchase obligationsreported in the table above include agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.
In connection with the Company’s restructuring programs, the total liability balance at December 31, 2008 was $39 million, including $37 million that is included inAccrued liabilitiesand is expected to be paid in the next twelve months and $2 million that is included inOther liabilitieson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The $39 million total is included inOther long-term liabilitiesin the table above, with short-term and long-term amounts reported separately in theLess than 1 Yearand1-3 Yearscolumns, respectively. These payments will relate mainly to employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges.
The Company’s funding policy for its pension plans is to fund minimum amounts according to the regulatory requirements under which the plans operate. From time to time, the Company may choose to fund amounts in excess of the minimum for various reasons. The Company is currently expecting to contribute approximately $100 million to its pension and other postretirement plans in 2009, driven by the steep decline in the fair value of plan assets that occurred in 2008. Expected funding obligations beyond 2009 are uncertain due to a variety of factors. The effect of any future contributions the Company may be obligated or otherwise choose to make could be material to the Company’s future cash flows from operations. Due to the uncertainty of future funding obligations beyond 2009, the table above contains no amounts for pension plan contributions.
The Company’s financial obligation to collect, recycle, treat and dispose of the printing devices it produces, and in some instances, historical waste equipment it holds, is not shown in the table above due to the lack of historical data necessary to project future dates of payment. At December 31, 2008, the Company’s estimated liability for this obligation was a current liability of $1 million and a long-term liability of $33 million. These amounts were included inAccrued liabilitiesandOther liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Refer to the “Risk Factors” section in Part I, Item 1A of this report for additional information regarding the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive adopted by the European Union.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had accrued approximately $118 million for pending copyright fee issues, including litigation proceedings, local legislative initiativesand/or negotiations with the parties involved. These accruals are included inAccrued liabilitieson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The liability is not included in the table above due to the level of uncertainty regarding the timing of
54
payments and ultimate settlement of the litigation. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
Capital expenditures totaled $218 million, $183 million and $200 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The capital expenditures in 2008 were primarily attributable to infrastructure support (including information technology expenditures) and new product development. During 2009, the Company expects capital expenditures to be approximately $225 million, primarily attributable to infrastructure support and new product development. The capital expenditures are expected to be funded through cash from operations.
EFFECT OF CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES AND EXCHANGE RATE RISK MANAGEMENT
Revenue derived from international sales, including exports from the U.S., accounts for approximately 59% of the Company’s consolidated revenue, with Europe accounting for approximately two-thirds of international sales. Substantially all foreign subsidiaries maintain their accounting records in their local currencies. Consequently, period-to-period comparability of results of operations is affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Certain of the Company’s Latin American and European entities use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.
Currency exchange rates had a favorable impact on international revenue in 2008 and 2007 when compared with 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company acts to neutralize the effects of exchange rate fluctuations through the use of operational hedges, such as pricing actions and product sourcing decisions.
The Company’s exposure to exchange rate fluctuations generally cannot be minimized solely through the use of operational hedges. Therefore, the Company utilizes financial instruments, from time to time, such as forward exchange contracts to reduce the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on certain assets and liabilities, which arise from transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. The Company does not purchase currency-related financial instruments for purposes other than exchange rate risk management.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements which is incorporated herein by reference.
INFLATION
The Company is subject to the effects of changing prices and operates in an industry where product prices are very competitive and subject to downward price pressures. As a result, future increases in production costs or raw material prices could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business. In an effort to minimize the impact on earnings of any such increases, the Company must continually manage its product costs and manufacturing processes. Additionally, monetary assets such as cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities lose purchasing power during inflationary periods and thus, the Company’s cash and marketable securities balances could be more susceptible to the effects of increasing inflation.
55
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
MARKET RISK SENSITIVITY
The market risk inherent in the Company’s financial instruments and positions represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.
Interest Rates
At December 31, 2008, the fair value of the Company’s senior notes was estimated at $505 million using quoted market prices obtained from an independent broker. The carrying value as recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at December 31, 2008 exceeded the fair value of the senior notes by approximately $143.7 million. Market risk is estimated as the potential change in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in interest rates and amounts to approximately $26.9 million at December 31, 2008.
See the section titled “LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES —Investing Activities:” in Item 7 of this report for a discussion of the Company’s auction rate securities portfolio which is incorporated herein by reference.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rates
The Company has employed, from time to time, a foreign currency hedging strategy to limit potential losses in earnings or cash flows from adverse foreign currency exchange rate movements. Foreign currency exposures arise from transactions denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency and from foreign denominated revenue and profit translated into U.S. dollars. The primary currencies to which the Company is exposed include the Euro, the Mexican peso, the British pound, the Philippine peso, the Canadian dollar as well as other currencies. Exposures may be hedged with foreign currency forward contracts, put options, and call options generally with maturity dates of twelve months or less. The potential gain in fair value at December 31, 2008 for such contracts resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in all foreign currency exchange rates is approximately $6.7 million. This gain would be mitigated by corresponding losses on the underlying exposures.
56
| |
Item 8. | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA |
Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | 2008 | | | | 2007 | | | | 2006 | |
Revenue | | | $ | 4,528.4 | | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | | $ | 5,108.1 | |
Cost of revenue | | | | 2,993.8 | | | | | 3,410.3 | | | | | 3,462.1 | |
|
Gross profit | | | | 1,534.6 | | | | | 1,563.6 | | | | | 1,646.0 | |
|
Research and development | | | | 423.3 | | | | | 403.8 | | | | | 370.5 | |
Selling, general and administrative | | | | 807.3 | | | | | 812.8 | | | | | 761.8 | |
Restructuring and related charges | | | | 26.8 | | | | | 25.7 | | | | | 71.2 | |
|
Operating expense | | | | 1,257.4 | | | | | 1,242.3 | | | | | 1,203.5 | |
|
Operating income | | | | 277.2 | | | | | 321.3 | | | | | 442.5 | |
Interest (income) expense, net | | | | (6.1 | ) | | | | (21.2 | ) | | | | (22.1 | ) |
Other (income) expense, net | | | | 7.4 | | | | | (7.0 | ) | | | | 5.3 | |
|
Earnings before income taxes | | | | 275.9 | | | | | 349.5 | | | | | 459.3 | |
Provision for income taxes | | | | 35.7 | | | | | 48.7 | | | | | 120.9 | |
|
Net earnings | | | $ | 240.2 | | | | $ | 300.8 | | | | $ | 338.4 | |
|
Net earnings per share: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Basic | | | $ | 2.70 | | | | $ | 3.16 | | | | $ | 3.29 | |
Diluted | | | $ | 2.69 | | | | $ | 3.14 | | | | $ | 3.27 | |
Shares used in per share calculation: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Basic | | | | 88.9 | | | | | 95.3 | | | | | 102.8 | |
Diluted | | | | 89.2 | | | | | 95.8 | | | | | 103.5 | |
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
57
Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007
(In Millions)
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
|
ASSETS |
| | | | | | | | |
Current assets: | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | | $ | 279.2 | | | $ | 277.0 | |
Marketable securities | | | 694.1 | | | | 519.1 | |
Trade receivables, net of allowances of $36.1 and $36.5 in 2008 and 2007, respectively | | | 427.3 | | | | 578.8 | |
Inventories | | | 438.3 | | | | 464.4 | |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | | | 223.8 | | | | 227.5 | |
|
|
Total current assets | | | 2,062.7 | | | | 2,066.8 | |
Property, plant and equipment, net | | | 863.2 | | | | 869.0 | |
Marketable securities | | | 24.7 | | | | — | |
Other assets | | | 314.8 | | | | 185.3 | |
|
|
Total assets | | $ | 3,265.4 | | | $ | 3,121.1 | |
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
| | | | | | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | | | | | | |
Short term debt | | $ | 5.5 | | | $ | — | |
Current portion of long-term debt | | | — | | | | 149.9 | |
Accounts payable | | | 557.1 | | | | 636.9 | |
Accrued liabilities | | | 694.9 | | | | 710.5 | |
|
|
Total current liabilities | | | 1,257.5 | | | | 1,497.3 | |
Long-term debt | | | 648.7 | | | | — | |
Other liabilities | | | 547.1 | | | | 345.5 | |
|
|
Total liabilities | | | 2,453.3 | | | | 1,842.8 | |
|
|
| | | | | | | | |
Commitments and contingencies | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
Stockholders’ equity: | | | | | | | | |
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1.6 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding | | | — | | | | — | |
Common stock, $.01 par value: | | | | | | | | |
Class A, 900.0 shares authorized; 77.7 and 94.7 outstanding in 2008 and 2007, respectively | | | 0.9 | | | | 1.1 | |
Class B, 10.0 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding | | | — | | | | — | |
Capital in excess of par | | | 803.5 | | | | 887.8 | |
Retained earnings | | | 692.5 | | | | 935.7 | |
Treasury stock, net; at cost; 15.1 and 13.6 shares in 2008 and 2007, respectively | | | (404.5 | ) | | | (454.7 | ) |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss | | | (280.3 | ) | | | (91.6 | ) |
|
|
Total stockholders’ equity | | | 812.1 | | | | 1,278.3 | |
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | | $ | 3,265.4 | | | $ | 3,121.1 | |
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
58
Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(In Millions)
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
|
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | $ | 240.2 | | | $ | 300.8 | | | $ | 338.4 | |
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Depreciation and amortization | | | 204.9 | | | | 192.3 | | | | 200.9 | |
Deferred taxes | | | (31.0 | ) | | | (31.0 | ) | | | (21.9 | ) |
Stock-based compensation expense | | | 32.7 | | | | 41.2 | | | | 43.2 | |
Tax shortfall from employee stock plans | | | (3.3 | ) | | | (0.3 | ) | | | (0.7 | ) |
Foreign exchange gain upon Scotland liquidation | | | — | | | | (8.1 | ) | | | — | |
Gain on sale of facilities | | | (1.1 | ) | | | (3.5 | ) | | | — | |
Other | | | 6.7 | | | | (9.4 | ) | | | 3.3 | |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | 449.1 | | | | 482.0 | | | | 563.2 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Change in assets and liabilities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Trade receivables | | | 150.5 | | | | 5.5 | | | | 66.6 | |
Inventories | | | 26.1 | | | | (6.6 | ) | | | (48.6 | ) |
Accounts payable | | | (80.1 | ) | | | 36.6 | | | | 27.5 | |
Accrued liabilities | | | (39.7 | ) | | | (7.4 | ) | | | 62.0 | |
Other assets and liabilities | | | (23.8 | ) | | | 54.1 | | | | 0.2 | |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash flows provided by operating activities | | | 482.1 | | | | 564.2 | | | | 670.9 | |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Purchases of property, plant and equipment | | | (217.7 | ) | | | (182.7 | ) | | | (200.2 | ) |
Purchases of marketable securities | | | (744.4 | ) | | | (968.2 | ) | | | (1,406.2 | ) |
Proceeds from sales/maturities of marketable securities | | | 533.8 | | | | 855.3 | | | | 1,721.0 | |
Proceeds from sale of facilities | | | 4.6 | | | | 8.1 | | | | — | |
Other | | | (3.9 | ) | | | 0.1 | | | | (1.9 | ) |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash flows (used for) provided by investing activities | | | (427.6 | ) | | | (287.4 | ) | | | 112.7 | |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Repayment of current portion of long term debt | | | (150.0 | ) | | | — | | | | — | |
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance cost of $4.1 in 2008 | | | 644.5 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Increase in short-term debt | | | 5.7 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Issuance of treasury stock | | | — | | | | 0.1 | | | | 0.5 | |
Purchase of treasury stock | | | (554.5 | ) | | | (165.0 | ) | | | (871.0 | ) |
Proceeds from employee stock plans | | | 6.3 | | | | 15.6 | | | | 52.8 | |
Tax windfall from employee stock plans | | | 1.1 | | | | 3.9 | | | | 12.5 | |
Other | | | (1.2 | ) | | | (1.6 | ) | | | (3.5 | ) |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash flows used for financing activities | | | (48.1 | ) | | | (147.0 | ) | | | (808.7 | ) |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash | | | (4.2 | ) | | | 2.6 | | | | 1.4 | |
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents | | | 2.2 | | | | 132.4 | | | | (23.7 | ) |
Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of period | | | 277.0 | | | | 144.6 | | | | 168.3 | |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents — end of period | | $ | 279.2 | | | $ | 277.0 | | | $ | 144.6 | |
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
59
Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
(In Millions)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | Accumulated
| | | | |
| | Class A
| | | | | | | | | | | | Other
| | | | |
| | and B
| | | Capital in
| | | | | | | | | Comprehensive
| | | Total
| |
| | Common Stock | | | Excess of
| | | Retained
| | | Treasury
| | | Earnings
| | | Stockholders’
| |
| | Shares | | | Amount | | | Par | | | Earnings | | | Stock | | | (Loss) | | | Equity | |
|
Balance at December 31, 2005 | | | 111.9 | | | $ | 1.2 | | | $ | 832.5 | | | $ | 988.8 | | | $ | (230.5 | ) | | $ | (163.3 | ) | | $ | 1,428.7 | |
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 338.4 | | | | | | | | | | | | 338.4 | |
Other comprehensive earnings (loss): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Minimum pension liability adjustment | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 26.9 | | | | | |
Cash flow hedges, net of reclassifications | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (6.4 | ) | | | | |
Translation adjustment | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 22.3 | | | | | |
Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 0.6 | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other comprehensive earnings (loss) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 43.4 | | | | 43.4 | |
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 381.8 | |
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158, net of taxes | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (11.0 | ) | | | (11.0 | ) |
Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation | | | 0.1 | | | | | | | | 0.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 0.1 | |
Shares issued upon exercise of options | | | 1.3 | | | | | | | | 46.6 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 46.6 | |
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan | | | 0.1 | | | | | | | | 6.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 6.2 | |
Tax benefit related to stock plans | | | | | | | | | | | 9.6 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 9.6 | |
Stock-based compensation | | | | | | | | | | | 43.7 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 43.7 | |
Treasury shares purchased | | | (16.5 | ) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (871.0 | ) | | | | | | | (871.0 | ) |
Treasury shares issued | | | 0.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 0.5 | | | | | | | | 0.5 | |
Treasury shares retired | | | | | | | (0.1 | ) | | | (111.4 | ) | | | (699.7 | ) | | | 811.2 | | | | | | | | — | |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006 | | | 97.0 | | | | 1.1 | | | | 827.3 | | | | 627.5 | | | | (289.8 | ) | | | (130.9 | ) | | | 1,035.2 | |
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 300.8 | | | | | | | | | | | | 300.8 | |
Other comprehensive earnings (loss): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Pension or other postretirement benefits, net of reclass | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 17.5 | | | | | |
Cash flow hedges, net of reclassifications | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (0.7 | ) | | | | |
Translation adjustment | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 22.5 | | | | | |
Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other comprehensive earnings (loss) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 39.3 | | | | 39.3 | |
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 340.1 | |
Adoption of FIN 48(1) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 7.4 | | | | | | | | | | | | 7.4 | |
Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation | | | | | | | | | | | 0.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 0.1 | |
Shares issued upon exercise of options | | | 0.3 | | | | | | | | 10.0 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 10.0 | |
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan | | | 0.1 | | | | | | | | 5.6 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 5.6 | |
Tax benefit related to stock plans | | | | | | | | | | | 3.6 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3.6 | |
Stock-based compensation | | | | | | | | | | | 41.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 41.2 | |
Treasury shares purchased | | | (2.7 | ) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (165.0 | ) | | | | | | | (165.0 | ) |
Treasury shares issued | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 0.1 | | | | | | | | 0.1 | |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 | | | 94.7 | | | | 1.1 | | | | 887.8 | | | | 935.7 | | | | (454.7 | ) | | | (91.6 | ) | | | 1,278.3 | |
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 240.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | 240.2 | |
Other comprehensive earnings (loss): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Pension or other postretirement benefits, net of reclass | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (124.0 | ) | | | | |
Cash flow hedges, net of reclassifications | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | | | | | |
Translation adjustment | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (63.4 | ) | | | | |
Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (1.3 | ) | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Other comprehensive earnings (loss) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (188.7 | ) | | | (188.7 | ) |
|
|
Comprehensive earnings, net of taxes | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 51.5 | |
Shares issued under deferred stock plan compensation | | | 0.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | |
Shares issued upon exercise of options | | | 0.2 | | | | | | | | 4.2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 4.2 | |
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan | | | 0.1 | | | | | | | | 2.1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2.1 | |
Tax benefit (shortfall) related to stock plans | | | | | | | | | | | (2.2 | ) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (2.2 | ) |
Stock-based compensation | | | | | | | | | | | 32.7 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 32.7 | |
Treasury shares purchased | | | (17.5 | ) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | (554.5 | ) | | | | | | | (554.5 | ) |
Treasury shares issued | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | — | |
Treasury shares retired | | | | | | | (0.2 | ) | | | (121.1 | ) | | | (483.4 | ) | | | 604.7 | | | | | | | | — | |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | | 77.7 | | | $ | 0.9 | | | $ | 803.5 | | | $ | 692.5 | | | $ | (404.5 | ) | | $ | (280.3 | ) | | $ | 812.1 | |
|
|
|
| | |
(1) | | Adjustment to retained earnings related to adoption of FIN 48 was $7.340 million |
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
60
Lexmark International, Inc. and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular Dollars in Millions, Except Per Share Amounts)
| |
1. | ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS |
Since its inception in 1991, Lexmark International, Inc. (“Lexmark” or the “Company”) has become a leading developer, manufacturer and supplier of distributed printing and imaging solutions. The Company’s products include laser printers, inkjet printers, multifunction devices, and associated supplies, services and solutions. Lexmark also sells dot matrix printers for printing single and multi-part forms by business users. The customers for Lexmark’s products are large enterprises, small and medium businesses and small offices home offices (“SOHOs”) worldwide. The Company’s products are principally sold through resellers, retailers and distributors in more than 150 countries in North and South America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa, Asia, the Pacific Rim and the Caribbean.
| |
2. | SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES |
Principles of Consolidation:
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates:
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to customer programs and incentives, product returns, doubtful accounts, inventories, stock-based compensation, intangible assets, income taxes, warranty obligations, copyright fees, restructurings, pension and other postretirement benefits, and contingencies and litigation. Lexmark bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Foreign Currency Translation:
Assets and liabilities ofnon-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment are translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates. Income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Adjustments arising from the translation of assets and liabilities, changes in stockholders’ equity and results of operations are accumulated as a separate component ofAccumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss)in stockholders’ equity.
Cash Equivalents:
All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the Company’s date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
Marketable Securities:
Based on the Company’s expected holding period, Lexmark has classified all of its marketable securities as available-for-sale and the majority of these investments are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as current assets. A portion of the Company’s available-for-sale auction rate securities have been classified as noncurrent assets since the expected holding period is assumed to be greater than one year due to failed market auctions of these securities. Refer to Note 3, Fair Value, and Note 6,
61
Marketable Securities, for further discussion on the Company’s auction rate securities. Lexmark reports its available-for-sale marketable securities at fair value with unrealized gains or losses recorded inAccumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss)on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The Company assesses its marketable securities for other-than-temporary declines in value by considering various factors that include, among other things, any events that may affect the creditworthiness of a security’s issuer, the length of time the security has been in a loss position and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security until a forecasted recovery of fair value that may include holding the security to maturity. Realized gains or losses are included in net earnings inOther (income) expense, neton the Consolidated Statements of Earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of the securities.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:
Lexmark maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors including the length of time receivables are past due, the financial health of its customers, unusual macroeconomic conditions and historical experience. If the financial condition of its customers deteriorates or other circumstances occur that result in an impairment of customers’ ability to make payments, the Company records additional allowances as needed.
Fair Value:
The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In measuring fair value, the Company uses a hierarchy of inputs to valuation techniques that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Although permitted under current accounting guidance, the Company has not applied fair value measurements to any nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value items such as impairment assessments of fixed assets, initial recognition of asset retirement obligations, and goodwill impairment testing.
The Company generally uses a market approach, when practicable, in valuing financial instruments. In certain instances, when observable market data is lacking, the Company uses valuation techniques consistent with the income approach whereby future cash flows are converted to a single discounted amount. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables and short-term debt approximates their carrying values due to the relatively short-term nature of the instruments. The fair value of Lexmark’s marketable securities are based on quoted market prices or other observable market data or in some cases, internally developed inputs and assumptions (discounted cash flow model) when observable market data does not exist. The fair value of long-term debt, as well as the previous year’s current portion of long-term debt, is/was estimated based on current rates available to the Company for debt with similar characteristics. The fair value of derivative financial instruments is based on pricing models or formulas using current market data, or where applicable, quoted market prices.
Inventories:
Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market, using standard cost which approximates the average cost method of valuing its inventories and related cost of goods sold. The Company considers all raw materials to be in production upon their receipt.
Lexmark writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value. The Company estimates the difference between the cost of obsolete or unmarketable inventory and its market value based upon product demand requirements, product life cycle, product pricing and quality issues. Also, Lexmark records an adverse purchase commitment liability when anticipated market sales prices are lower than committed costs.
62
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Property, plant and equipment accounts are relieved of the cost and related accumulated depreciation when assets are disposed of or otherwise retired.
Internal Use Software Costs:
Lexmark capitalizes direct costs incurred during the application development and implementation stages for developing, purchasing, or otherwise acquiring software for internal use. These software costs are included inProperty, plant and equipment, net, on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and are depreciated over the estimated useful life of the software, generally three to five years. All costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets:
Lexmark annually reviews its goodwill for impairment and currently does not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company’s goodwill and intangible assets are immaterial, and therefore are not separately presented in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
Long-Lived Assets:
Lexmark performs reviews for the impairment of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are less than its carrying amount. If future expected undiscounted cash flows are insufficient to recover the carrying value of the assets, then an impairment loss is recognized based upon the excess of the carrying value of the asset over the anticipated cash flows on a discounted basis.
Lexmark also reviews any legal and contractual obligations associated with the retirement of its long-lived assets and records assets and liabilities, as necessary, related to the cost of such obligations. Costs associated with such obligations that are reasonably estimable and probable are accrued and expensed, or capitalized as appropriate. The asset recorded shall be recorded during the period in which it occurs and shall be amortized over the useful life of the related long-lived tangible asset. The liability recorded is relieved when the costs are incurred to retire the related long-lived tangible asset. The Company’s asset retirement obligations are currently not material.
Warranty:
Lexmark provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. The amounts accrued for product warranties is based on the quantity of units sold under warranty, estimated product failure rates, and material usage and service delivery costs. The estimates for product failure rates and material usage and service delivery costs are periodically adjusted based on actual results. For extended warranty programs, the Company defers revenue in short-term and long-term liability accounts (based on the extended warranty contractual period) for amounts invoiced to customers for these programs and recognizes the revenue ratably over the contractual period. Costs associated with extended warranty programs are expensed as incurred.
Revenue Recognition:
General
Lexmark recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.Revenueas reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings is reported net of any taxes (e.g., sales, use, value
63
added) assessed by a governmental entity that is directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer.
The following are the policies applicable to Lexmark’s major categories of revenue transactions:
Products
Revenue from product sales, including sales to distributors and resellers, is recognized when title and risk of loss transfer to the customer, generally when the product is shipped to the customer. When other significant obligations remain after products are delivered, such as contractual requirements pertaining to customer acceptance, revenue is recognized only after such obligations are fulfilled. At the time revenue is recognized, the Company provides for the estimated cost of post-sales support, principally product warranty, and reduces revenue for estimated product returns.
Lexmark records estimated reductions to revenue at the time of sale for customer programs and incentive offerings including special pricing agreements, promotions and other volume-based incentives. Estimated reductions in revenue are based upon historical trends and other known factors at the time of sale. Lexmark also records estimated reductions to revenue for price protection, which it provides to substantially all of its distributors and reseller customers.
Services
Revenue from support or maintenance contracts, including extended warranty programs, is recognized ratably over the contractual period. Amounts invoiced to customers in excess of revenue recognized on support or maintenance contracts are recorded as deferred revenue until the appropriate revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue for time and material contracts is recognized as the services are performed.
Multiple Element Revenue Arrangements
Lexmark enters into transactions that include multiple elements, such as a combination of products and services. Revenue for these arrangements is allocated to each element based on its relative fair value and is recognized when the revenue recognition criteria for each element have been met. Relative fair value may be determined by the price of an element if it were sold on a stand-alone basis or third party evidence (e.g., competitors’ prices of comparable products or services).
Research and Development Costs:
Lexmark engages in the design and development of new products and enhancements to its existing products. The Company’s research and development activity is focused on laser and inkjet printers, multifunction products (“MFPs”), and associated supplies, features and related technologies. The Company expenses research and development costs when incurred.
Advertising Costs:
The Company expenses advertising costs when incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $93.4 million, $111.5 million, and $98.7 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Pension and Other Postretirement Plans:
The Company accounts for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans using actuarial models. Liabilities are computed using the projected unit credit method. The objective under this method is to expense each participant’s benefits under the plan as they accrue, taking into consideration future salary increases and the plan’s benefit allocation formula. Thus, the total pension to which each participant is expected to become entitled is broken down into units, each associated with a year of past or future credited service.
64
The discount rate assumption for the pension and other postretirement benefit plan liabilities reflects the rates at which the benefits could effectively be settled and are based on current investment yields of high-quality fixed-income investments. The Company uses a yield-curve approach to determine the assumed discount rate in the U.S. based on the timing of the cash flows of the expected future benefit payments. This approach matches the plan’s cash flows to that of a yield curve that provides the equivalent yields on zero-coupon corporate bonds for each maturity.
The Company’s assumed long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on long-term historical actual return information, the mix of investments that comprise plan assets and future estimates of long-term investment returns by reference to external sources. Differences between actual and expected asset returns on equity investments are recognized in the calculation of net periodic benefit cost over five years.
The rate of compensation increase is determined by the Company based upon its long-term plans for such increases. Effective April 2006, this assumption is no longer applicable to the U.S. pension plan due to the benefit accrual freeze in connection with the Company’s 2006 restructuring actions. Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses that fall outside the “10% corridor” are amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining estimated service period of active participants. The Company has elected to continue using the average remaining service period over which to amortize the unrecognized actuarial gains and losses on the frozen U.S. plan.
The Company’s funding policy for its pension plans is to fund the minimum amounts according to the regulatory requirements under which the plans operate. From time to time, the Company may choose to fund amounts in excess of the minimum for various reasons.
The Company accrues for the cost of providing postretirement benefits such as medical and life insurance coverage over the remaining estimated service period of participants. These benefits are funded by the Company when paid.
Effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158,Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (“SFAS 158”).SFAS 158 requires recognition of the funded status of a benefit plan in the statement of financial position and recognition in other comprehensive earnings of certain gains and losses that arise during the period, but are deferred under pension accounting rules.
Stock-Based Compensation:
On January 1, 2006, the Company implemented the provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004),Share-Based Payment(“SFAS 123R”) and related interpretations. SFAS 123R requires that all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value. The Company selected the modified prospective transition method for implementing SFAS 123R and began recognizing compensation expense for stock-based awards granted on or after January 1, 2006, plus any unvested awards granted prior to January 1, 2006. Stock-based compensation expense for awards granted on or after January 1, 2006, is based on the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. Stock-based compensation related to any unvested awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, is based on the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123,Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. The fair value of the Company’s stock-based awards, less estimated forfeitures, is amortized over the awards’ vesting periods on a straight-line basis.
The fair value of each option award on the grant date was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions: expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, weighted average risk-free interest rate and weighted average expected life of the options. Under SFAS 123R, the Company’s expected volatility assumption used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model was based exclusively on historical volatility and the expected life assumption was established based upon an analysis of historical option exercise behavior. The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes model
65
was based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the Company’s expected term assumption. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock and has no current plans to pay cash dividends on the Class A Common Stock. The payment of any future cash dividends will be determined by the Company’s board of directors in light of conditions then existing, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, restrictions in financing agreements, business conditions, tax laws, certain corporate law requirements and various other factors.
Restructuring:
Lexmark records a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity at its fair value in the period in which the liability is incurred, except for liabilities for certain employee termination benefit charges that are accrued over time. Employee termination benefits associated with an exit or disposal activity are accrued when the obligation is probable and estimable as a postemployment benefit obligation when local statutory requirements stipulate minimum involuntary termination benefits or, in the absence of local statutory requirements, termination benefits to be provided are similar to benefits provided in prior restructuring activities. Specifically for termination benefits under a one-time benefit arrangement, the timing of recognition and related measurement of a liability depends on whether employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits and, if so, whether employees will be retained to render service beyond a minimum retention period. For employees who are not required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits or employees who will not provide service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company records a liability for the termination benefits at the communication date. If employees are required to render service until they are terminated in order to receive the termination benefits and will be retained to render service beyond the minimum retention period, the Company measures the liability for termination benefits at the communication date and recognizes the expense and liability ratably over the future service period. For contract termination costs, Lexmark records a liability for costs to terminate a contract before the end of its term when the Company terminates the agreement in accordance with the contract terms or when the Company ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. The Company records a liability for other costs associated with an exit or disposal activity in the period in which the liability is incurred. Once Company management approves an exit or disposal activity, the Company closely monitors the expenses that are reported in association with the activity.
Income Taxes:
The provision for income taxes is computed based on pre-tax income included in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. The Company estimates its tax liability based on current tax laws in the statutory jurisdictions in which it operates. These estimates include judgments about the recognition and realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.
The Company determines its effective tax rate by dividing its income tax expense by its income before taxes as reported in its Consolidated Statements of Earnings. For reporting periods prior to the end of the Company’s fiscal year, the Company records income tax expense based upon an estimated annual effective tax rate. This rate is computed using the statutory tax rate and an estimate of annual net income by geographic region adjusted for an estimate of non-deductible expenses and available tax credits.
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Interpretation No. 48,Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109(“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold as “more-likely-than-not” that a tax position must meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 also provides
66
guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, financial statement disclosure and transition rules.
The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with FIN 48 is a two-step process. The first step is recognition: The enterprise determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any litigation. The second step is measurement: A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution.
Derivatives:
All derivatives, including foreign currency exchange contracts, are recognized in the Statements of Financial Position at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be recorded at fair value through earnings. If a derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are either offset against the change in fair value of underlying assets or liabilities through earnings or recognized inAccumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss)until the underlying hedged item is recognized in earnings. Any ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. Derivatives qualifying as hedges are included in the same section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as the underlying assets and liabilities being hedged.
Net Earnings Per Share:
Basic net earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the reported period. The calculation of diluted net earnings per share is similar to basic, except that the weighted average number of shares outstanding includes the additional dilution from potential common stock such as stock options and stock under long-term incentive plans.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Earnings:
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earningsrefers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. are included in comprehensive earnings (loss) but are excluded from net income as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Lexmark’sAccumulated other comprehensive (loss) earnings is composed of deferred gains and losses related to pension or other postretirement benefits, foreign currency exchange rate adjustments, deferred gains and losses on cash flow hedges and net unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities.
Segment Data:
Lexmark manufactures and sells a variety of printing and multifunction products and related supplies and services and is primarily managed along divisional lines: the Printing Solutions and Services Division (“PSSD”), formerly known as the Business market segment, and the Imaging Solutions Division (“ISD”), formerly known as the Consumer market segment.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements:
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,Fair Value Measurements. FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The adoption of FAS 157 in the first quarter of 2008 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Company’s FAS 157 fair value disclosures. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff PositionNo. FAS 157-2 (“FSPFAS 157-2”) which defers the effective date of FAS 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. As permitted by FSPFAS 157-2, the Company has only partially applied the provisions of FAS 157. The
67
Company is in the process of evaluating the inputs and techniques used in its nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value measurements.
In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”)No. FAS 157-3 (“FSPFAS 157-3”)Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Activein response to the financial community’s concerns about how to conduct fair value accounting in a time of significant market distress. The new FSP confirms that the objective of FAS 157 is still the price that would be received by the holder of the asset in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale, even in situations in which there is little, if any, market activity. The FSP also states acceptance of the use of management’s internal assumptions about future cash flows and appropriately risk-adjusted discount rates when observable inputs are not available, and that in some cases, observable inputs may need significant adjustment based on unobservable data to better reflect the risk adjustments that market participants would make for nonperformance and liquidity risks. Lastly,FSP 157-3 offers additional guidance on the appropriate use of broker quotes, indicating that they are not necessarily determinative of fair value if an active market does not exist for the financial asset, and that the nature of the quote, either a binding offer or an indicative price, should be considered when weighing the appropriate inputs to use in measuring fair value. The FSP became immediately effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. Revisions resulting from a change in the valuation technique or its application shall be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate. The Company has considered the additional guidance with respect to the valuation of its marketable securities portfolio and the designation of its investments within the fair value hierarchy in the Company’s 2008 financial statements and footnotes.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities(“FAS 159”). FAS 159 provides entities with the option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Business entities adopting FAS 159 will report unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date on items for which the fair value option has been elected. The Company has not elected the fair value option for any of its assets or liabilities.
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161,Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“FAS 161”). FAS 161 changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under Statement 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. FAS 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. FAS 161 encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures for earlier periods at initial adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of FAS 161.
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162,The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles(“FAS 162”). FAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements that are presented in conformity with United States GAAP. The GAAP hierarchy was previously set forth in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement on Auditing Standards No. 69,The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Though the FASB does not expect a change in current practice, the Board issued this statement in order for the U.S. GAAP hierarchy to reside in the accounting literature established by the FASB. FAS 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411,The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.Any effect of applying the provisions of FAS 162 shall be reported as a change in accounting principle in accordance with SFAS No. 154,Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. The Company does not expect FAS 162 to have a material impact on its financial statements.
68
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSPNo. EITF 03-6-1,Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities(“FSPEITF 03-6-1”). The FASB concluded in this FSP that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are participating securities and shall be included in the calculation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. This FSP is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, requiring all prior-period earnings per share data presented to be adjusted retrospectively. The Company does not expect FSPEITF 03-6-1 to have a material impact on its calculation of earnings per share.
In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1,Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.The FSP amends the disclosure requirements of FAS 132(R)Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefitto provide additional transparencies regarding the assets held by retirement plans and their associated risks. The FSP also requires employers to disclose information about the fair value measurements of plan assets in a similar manner to the disclosures currently required by FASB No. 157,Fair Value Measurements.The additional disclosures are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the disclosure requirements of this FSP.
Reclassifications:
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified, if applicable, to conform to the current presentation.
General
The Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157,Fair Value Measurements(“FAS 157”) effective January 1, 2008. FAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As part of the framework for measuring fair value, FAS 157 establishes a hierarchy of inputs to valuation techniques used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available.
The Company has not applied the provisions of FAS 157 to any nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value measurements as permitted under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Staff PositionNo. 157-2 (“FSPFAS 157-2”). Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding FSPFAS 157-2. The Company is in the process of evaluating the inputs and techniques used in these measurements, including such items as impairment assessments of fixed assets, initial recognition of asset retirement obligations, and goodwill impairment testing.
The provisions of FASB Staff PositionNo. 157-3 (“FSPFAS 157-3”)Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active,issued October 10, 2008, were also considered in preparation of the year end 2008 financial statements. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding FSPFAS 157-3.
Fair Value Hierarchy
The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under FAS 157 are:
| | |
| • | Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date; |
69
| | |
| • | Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and |
|
| • | Level 3 — Unobservable inputs used in valuations in which there is little market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date. |
Fair value measurements of assets and liabilities are assigned a level within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
Assets and (Liabilities) Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | Based on | |
| | | | | | Quoted
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | Prices in
| | | | Other
| | | | | |
| | | Fair Value at
| | | Active
| | | | Observable
| | | | Unobservable
| |
| | | December 31,
| | | Markets
| | | | Inputs
| | | | Inputs
| |
| | | 2008 | | | (Level 1) | | | | (Level 2) | | | | (Level 3) | |
Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Available-for-sale marketable securities — ST | | | $ | 694.1 | | | $ | 428.0 | | | | $ | 264.7 | | | | $ | 1.4 | |
Available-for-sale marketable securities — LT | | | | 24.7 | | | | — | | | | | — | | | | | 24.7 | |
|
Total | | | $ | 718.8 | | | $ | 428.0 | | | | $ | 264.7 | | | | $ | 26.1 | |
|
(Liabilities) measured at fair value on a recurring basis: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Foreign currency derivatives(1) | | | | (1.5 | ) | | | — | | | | | (1.5 | ) | | | | — | |
|
Total | | | $ | (1.5 | ) | | $ | — | | | | $ | (1.5 | ) | | | $ | — | |
|
| | |
(1) | | Foreign currency derivative liabilities are included inAccrued liabilitieson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. |
Excluded from the table above were financial instruments included inCash and cash equivalentson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The Company’s policy is to consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the Company’s date of purchase to be a cash equivalent. Investments considered cash equivalents, which closely approximate fair value as described in the Company’s policy above, included roughly $129.9 million of money market funds and $36.0 million of US agency discount notes at December 31, 2008.
The following table presents additional information about Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2008:
| | | | | |
| | | Twelve Months
| |
| | | Ended
| |
| | | December 31, 2008 | |
Available-for-sale marketable securities | | | | | |
Balance, beginning of period | | | $ | 31.9 | |
Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) included in earnings | | | | (7.3 | ) |
Unrealized gains/(losses) included in comprehensive income | | | | (1.0 | ) |
Purchases, issuances, and settlements, net | | | | 0.1 | |
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 | | | | 2.4 | |
|
Balance, end of period | | | $ | 26.1 | |
|
Realized and unrealized losses of $7.3 million during 2008 were included inOther (income) expense, neton the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Of this amount, losses of $7.3 million were attributable to the change in fair value of marketable securities held at December 31, 2008, deemed to be other than temporarily impaired, including $4.4 million related to the Lehman Brothers bankruptcy, $1.9 million related to auction rate securities, and $1.0 related to distressed corporate debt, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.
70
Transfers in to Level 3 during the year included Lehman Brothers corporate debt securities which were subsequently written down in the third quarter of 2008 based on indicative pricing as indicated in the preceding paragraph as well as various other securities for which current, observable market data was no longer available due to specific credit events or a general decrease in trading activity. These transfers in were offset partially by transfers out of Level 3, into Level 2, due to notification of certain auction rate securities being called at par in the second quarter of 2008. Settlement of these securities occurred in third quarter of 2008. The Company assesses the facts and circumstances at each quarterly reporting date regarding securities that have been measured using significant unobservable inputs and categorized as Level 3.
Interest rate swap contracts, which served as a fair value hedge of the Company’s senior notes that matured in May 2008, were also considered a Level 3 fair value measurement. Because the short-cut method of FAS 133 was used to record the fair value of the interest rate swaps, the Company believes it is clearer to describe the activity in narrative form rather than to include the change in fair value in the Level 3 year to date rollforward above. The fair values of the interest rate swaps at December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008 were assets of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Final settlement occurred in May 2008, resulting in net cash proceeds of $0.8 million. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has not entered into any new interest rate swap contracts.
Valuation Techniques
The Company generally uses a market approach, when practicable, in valuing the following financial instruments. In certain instances, when observable market data is lacking, the Company uses valuation techniques consistent with the income approach whereby future cash flows are converted to a single discounted amount.
Marketable Securities
The Company evaluates its marketable securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115,Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and has determined that all of its investments in marketable securities should be classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value. The fair values of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable securities are based on quoted market prices or other observable market data, or in some cases, internally developed inputs and assumptions such as discounted cash flow models or indicative pricing sources, when observable market data does not exist. The Company uses a third party to provide the fair values of the securities in which Lexmark is invested. However, in limited instances, the Company has adjusted the fair values provided by the third party service provider in order to better reflect the risk adjustments that market participants would make for nonperformance and liquidity risks.
Level 1 fair value measurements are based on quoted market prices in active markets and include U.S. government and agency securities. These valuations are performed using a consensus price method, whereby prices from a variety of industry data providers are input into a distribution-curve based algorithm to determine daily market values.
Level 2 fair value measurements are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active, broker dealer quotations, or other methods by which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly. Securities utilizing Level 2 inputs are primarily corporate bonds, asset-backed securities and mortgage-backed securities, all of which are valued using the consensus price method described previously. Level 2 fair value measurements also include smaller amounts of commercial paper and certificates of deposit which generally have shorter maturities and less frequent market trades. Such securities are valued via mathematical calculations using observable inputs until such time that market activity reflects an updated price.
Level 3 fair value measurements are based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall valuation. Level 3 fair value measurements include security types that do not have readily determinable market valuesand/or are not priced by independent data sources, including auction rate securities for
71
which recent auctions were unsuccessful, valued at $24.7 million, certain distressed debt instruments valued at $0.8 million and other thinly traded corporate debt securities and mortgage-backed securities valued at $0.6 million.
The Company performed a discounted cash flow analysis on its auction rate securities at year-end 2008, using current coupon rates, a first quarter 2010 redemption date and a 50 basis point liquidity premium factored into the discount rate. The result was a downward YTD mark to market adjustment of $2.5 million representing the Company’s best estimate of fair value using assumptions that the Company believes market participants would make for nonperformance and liquidity risk at the measurement date. Of the $2.5 million, $1.9 million was recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings as other than temporarily impaired due to credit events involving the issuer and insurer of one security. The remaining $0.6 million was recognized inAccumulated other comprehensive losson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position representing the mark to market adjustment on all other auction rate securities. All other auction rate securities held by the Company are highly rated and the Company believes it has sufficient liquidity to hold these securities until sold or repurchased at par. The issuers of these securities have the legal option to redeem the securities at par plus accrued interest at each auction rate reset date and the securities are being made available for sale at par at auctions every 35 to 49 days. All of the auction rate securities held by the Company at December 31, 2008 are currently paying penalty rates that provide a premium over market interest rates to compensate investors for the failed auctions and provide an incentive for issuers to refinance these securities in the capital markets prior to maturity. Since reclassifying to noncurrent assets the securities that did not auction successfully at the end of the first quarter 2008, $40.5 million of auction rate fixed income securities have been either sold or redeemed at par. There were no realized losses in 2008 from the sale or redemption of auction rate securities.
The Company holds certain debt instruments that it considers distressed due to reasons such as bankruptcy or a significant downgrade in credit rating. These securities are generally valued using non-binding quotes from brokers or other indicative pricing sources.
For certain corporate debt and mortgage-backed securities held by the Company, current pricing data was no longer available at the measurement date, representing a decline in the volume and level of trading activity. These securities are also generally valued using non-binding quotes from brokers or other indicative pricing sources.
Derivatives
The Company employs a foreign currency risk management strategy that periodically utilizes derivative instruments to protect its interests from unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by volatility in currency exchange rates. Fair values for the Company’s derivative financial instruments are based on pricing models or formulas using current market data. Variables used in the calculations include forward points and spot rates at the time of valuation. Because of the very short duration of the Company’s transactional hedges (three months or less) and minimal risk of nonperformance, the settlement price and exit price should approximate one another. At December 31, 2008, all of the Company’s forward exchange contracts have been designated as Level 2 measurements in the FAS 157 fair value hierarchy.
Senior Notes
In the second quarter of 2008, the Company repaid its $150 million of senior note debt that matured on May 15, 2008, and subsequently issued $350 million of five-year fixed rate senior unsecured notes as well as $300 million of ten-year fixed rate senior unsecured notes. At December 31, 2008, the fair values of the Company’s five-year and ten-year notes were estimated to be $280.0 million and $225.0 million, respectively, based on current rates available to the Company for debt with similar characteristics. The $505.0 million total fair value of the debt is not recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and is therefore excluded from the fair value table above. The total carrying value of the senior notes, net of $1.3 million discount, is $648.7 million on the Consolidated Statements of Financial
72
Position. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the senior notes.
Plan Assets
Plan assets must be measured at least annually in accordance with FAS 87,Employers’ Accounting for Pensionsand FAS 106,Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions. FAS 157 requires that the valuation of plan assets comply with its definition of fair value, which is based on the notion of an exit price as determined using the framework for measurement introduced by the standard. FAS 157 does not apply to the calculation of pension and postretirement obligations since the liabilities are not measured at fair value. The disclosure requirements of FAS 157 for plan assets do not apply to the Company’s financial statements.
The valuation of pension plan fixed income securities was based on a compilation of observable market information, when practicable. The Company took steps to ensure that the inputs used in the measurement reflected current market conditions rather than stale prices. Fund investments were valued using net asset value when and if there was a sufficient level of observable market activity to support the assertion that net asset value represented an exit price.
Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for year-end disclosures regarding pension and postretirement benefits.
Assets and (Liabilities) Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis Subsequent to Initial Recognition
There are no significant assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
Nonrecurring Nonfinancial Measurements
The Company has not applied the provisions of FAS 157 to any nonrecurring, nonfinancial fair value measurements as permitted under FSPFAS 157-2. In the first quarter of 2009, the Company will begin applying the provisions of FAS 157 to such measurements including the accounting for fixed asset related matters under scope of FAS No. 144,Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, goodwill impairment testing under FAS No. 142,Goodwill and Other Intangible Assetsand asset retirement obligations under FAS No. 143,Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.
| |
4. | RESTRUCTURING AND RELATED CHARGES (REVERSALS) |
2009 Restructuring
General
In response to the global economic weakening, on January 13, 2009, the Company announced a restructuring plan (the “2009 Restructuring Plan”). The 2009 Restructuring Plan is expected to impact about 375 positions through the end of 2009. The areas impacted include general and administrative functions, supply chain and sales support, research and development program consolidation, as well as marketing and sales management. The Company estimates the 2009 Restructuring Plan will result in total pre-tax charges of approximately $26.0 million, all of which will require cash. The Company expects the 2009 Restructuring Plan to be substantially completed by the end of 2009.
Impact to 2008 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred charges of $20.2 million for the 2009 Restructuring Plan as follows:
| | | | |
|
Employee termination benefit charges | | $ | 20.2 | |
|
|
Total restructuring-related charges | | $ | 20.2 | |
|
73
Employee termination benefit charges were accrued in accordance with SFAS No. 112,Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits. Employee termination benefit charges include severance, medical and other benefits and are included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Although the 2009 Restructuring Plan was announced in January 2009, the Company accrued the $20.2 million of employee termination benefit charges in December 2008 in accordance with SFAS No. 112 because the charges were probable and estimable for the 2008 year-end reporting period.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred restructuring-related charges of $15.5 million in PSSD, $1.7 million in ISD and $3.0 million in All other. The Company expects to incur charges related to the 2009 Restructuring Plan of approximately $20.0 million in PSSD, approximately $3.0 million in ISD and approximately $3.0 million in All other.
Liability Rollforward
The following table represents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with the 2009 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included inAccrued liabilitieson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
| | | | | |
| | | Employee
| |
| | | Termination
| |
| | | Benefits | |
Balance at January 1, 2008 | | | $ | — | |
Costs incurred | | | | 20.7 | |
Payments & other(1) | | | | (0.5 | ) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | | $ | 20.2 | |
|
| | |
(1) | | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
2008 Restructuring
General
To enhance the efficiency of the Company’s inkjet cartridge manufacturing operations, the Company announced a plan (the “2008 Restructuring Plan”) on July 22, 2008 that resulted in the closure of one of the Company’s inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Mexico. The 2008 Restructuring Plan is expected to be substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2009, and any remaining charges to be incurred will be immaterial.
Impact to 2008 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred charges of $21 million in ISD for the 2008 Restructuring Plan as follows:
| | | | | |
Accelerated depreciation charges | | | $ | 18.0 | |
Employee termination benefit charges | | | | 3.0 | |
|
Total restructuring-related charges | | | $ | 21.0 | |
|
The accelerated depreciation charges were determined in accordance with SFAS No. 144,Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,and are included inCost of revenueon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Employee termination benefit charges were accrued in accordance with SFAS No. 112,Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefitsand SFAS No. 146,Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, as appropriate. Employee termination benefit charges include severance, medical and other benefits and are included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
74
Liability Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits in connection with the 2008 Restructuring Plan. The liability is included inAccrued liabilitieson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
| | | | | |
| | | Employee
| |
| | | Termination
| |
| | | Benefits | |
Balance at January 1, 2008 | | | $ | — | |
Costs incurred | | | | 3.4 | |
Payments & other(1) | | | | (2.2 | ) |
Reversals(2) | | | | (0.4 | ) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | | $ | 0.8 | |
|
| | |
(1) | | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
|
(2) | | Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination benefits. |
2007 Restructuring
General
On October 23, 2007, the Company announced the “2007 Restructuring Plan”, which included:
| | |
| • | Closing one of the Company’s inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Mexico and additional optimization measures at the remaining inkjet facilities in Mexico and the Philippines; |
|
| • | Reducing the Company’s business support cost and expense structure by further consolidating activity globally and expanding the use of shared service centers in lower-cost regions — the areas impacted are supply chain, service delivery, general and administrative expense, as well as marketing and sales support functions; and |
|
| • | Focusing ISD marketing and sales efforts into countries or geographic regions that have the highest supplies usage. |
The 2007 Restructuring Plan is expected to be substantially completed by the end of the first quarter of 2009, and any remaining charges to be incurred will be immaterial.
Impact to 2008 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred charges of $21.5 million for the 2007 Restructuring Plan as follows:
| | | | | |
Accelerated depreciation charges | | | $ | 17.3 | |
Employee termination benefit charges | | | | (0.7 | ) |
Contract termination and lease charges | | | | 4.9 | |
|
Total restructuring-related charges | | | $ | 21.5 | |
|
The accelerated depreciation charges were determined in accordance with SFAS No. 144,Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred $9.2 million of accelerated depreciation charges inCost of revenueand $8.1 million inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Employee termination benefit charges were accrued in accordance with SFAS No. 112,Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefitsand SFAS No. 146,Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, as appropriate. Contract termination and lease charges were also accrued in accordance with SFAS No. 146. Employee termination benefit charges and contract termination and lease charges are included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
75
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred restructuring-related charges of $4.6 million in PSSD, $0.3 million in ISD and $16.6 million in All other.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Company sold one of its inkjet supplies manufacturing facilities in Juarez, Mexico for $4.6 million and recognized a $1.1 million pre-tax gain on the sale that is included inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Impact to 2007 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred $30.8 million for the 2007 Restructuring plan as follows:
| | | | | |
Accelerated depreciation charges | | | $ | 5.1 | |
Employee termination benefit charges | | | | 25.7 | |
|
Total restructuring-related charges | | | $ | 30.8 | |
|
The $5.1 million of accelerated depreciation charges are included inCost of revenueand the $25.7 million of employee termination benefits are included inRestructuring and related chargeson the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Of the $30.8 million of restructuring-related charges, the Company incurred $6.5 million in PSSD, $13.9 million in ISD and $10.4 million in All other.
Liability Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges in connection with the 2007 Restructuring Plan. Of the total $16.2 million restructuring liability, $14.9 million is included inAccrued liabilitiesand $1.3 million is included inOther liabilitieson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | Employee
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | Termination
| | | | Contract
| | | | | |
| | | Benefit
| | | | Termination &
| | | | | |
| | | Charges | | | | Lease Charges | | | | Total | |
Balance at January 1, 2007 | | | $ | — | | | | $ | — | | | | $ | — | |
Costs incurred | | | | 25.7 | | | | | — | | | | | 25.7 | |
Payments & other(1) | | | | (4.6 | ) | | | | — | | | | | (4.6 | ) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 | | | | 21.1 | | | | | — | | | | | 21.1 | |
Costs incurred | | | | 7.1 | | | | | 4.9 | | | | | 12.0 | |
Payments & other(2) | | | | (8.3 | ) | | | | (0.7 | ) | | | | (9.0 | ) |
Reversals(3) | | | | (7.9 | ) | | | | — | | | | | (7.9 | ) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | | $ | 12.0 | | | | $ | 4.2 | | | | $ | 16.2 | |
|
| | |
(1) | | Other consists of pension related items that were settled through the Company’s pension plans. |
|
(2) | | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
|
(3) | | Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination benefits. |
2006 Restructuring
During the first quarter of 2006, the Company approved a plan to restructure its workforce, consolidate some manufacturing capacity and make certain changes to its U.S. retirement plans (collectively referred to as the “2006 actions”). Except for approximately 100 positions that were eliminated in 2007, activities related to the 2006 actions were substantially completed at the end of 2006.
Impact to 2008 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company reversed $1.5 million of previously accrued employee termination benefits, and accrued an additional $0.9 million of contract termination and lease charges due to a revision in assumptions due to current economic conditions. The net reversal is included
76
inRestructuring and related chargeson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Of the net $0.6 million reversed in 2008, the Company recognized $(0.3) million in PSSD and $(0.3) million in All other.
Impact to 2007 Financial Results
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company sold its Rosyth, Scotland facility for $8.1 million and recognized a $3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale that is included inSelling, general and administrativeon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
During the second quarter of 2007, the Company substantially liquidated the remaining operations of its Scotland entity and recognized an $8.1 million pre-tax gain from the realization of the entity’s accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment generated on the investment in the entity during its operating life. This gain is included inOther (income) expense, neton the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Impact to 2006 Financial Results
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company incurred pre-tax charges of $121.1 million related to the 2006 actions which were partially offset by a $9.9 million pension curtailment gain. Of the $111.2 million of net pre-tax charges incurred, $40 million is included inCost of revenueand $71.2 million inRestructuring and related chargeson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company incurred total pre-tax restructuring-related charges of $35.2 million in PSSD, $54.7 million in ISD and $31.2 million in All other. All other operating income also included the $9.9 million pension curtailment gain.
Liability Rollforward
The following table presents a rollforward of the liability incurred for employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges in connection with the 2006 actions. Of the total $2.1 million restructuring liability, $1.0 million is included inAccrued liabilitiesand $1.1 million is included inOther liabilitieson the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | Employee
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | Termination
| | | | Contract
| | | | | |
| | | Benefit
| | | | Termination &
| | | | | |
| | | Charges | | | | Lease Charges | | | | Total | |
Balance at January 1, 2007 | | | $ | 25.3 | | | | $ | 4.8 | | | | $ | 30.1 | |
Payments & other(1) | | | | (14.0 | ) | | | | (1.7 | ) | | | | (15.7 | ) |
Reversals(3) | | | | (0.9 | ) | | | | (1.7 | ) | | | | (2.6 | ) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 | | | | 10.4 | | | | | 1.4 | | | | | 11.8 | |
Costs incurred | | | | — | | | | | 1.0 | | | | | 1.0 | |
Payments & other(2) | | | | (7.8 | ) | | | | (0.7 | ) | | | | (8.5 | ) |
Reversals(3) | | | | (2.2 | ) | | | | — | | | | | (2.2 | ) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 | | | $ | 0.4 | | | | $ | 1.7 | | | | $ | 2.1 | |
|
| | |
(1) | | Other consists of additions due to positions being eliminated in 2007 and changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
|
(2) | | Other consists of changes in the liability balance due to foreign currency translations. |
|
(3) | | Reversals due to changes in estimates for employee termination benefits and contract termination and lease charges. |
| |
5. | STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION |
Lexmark has various stock incentive plans to encourage employees and nonemployee directors to remain with the Company and to more closely align their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders. As of December 31, 2008, awards under the programs consisted of stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and deferred stock units (“DSUs”). The Company currently issues the majority of shares related to its stock incentive plans from the Company’s authorized and unissued shares of Class A
77
Common Stock. Approximately 47.9 million shares of Class A Common Stock have been authorized for these stock incentive plans.
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company incurred pre-tax stock-based compensation expense under SFAS 123R of $32.8 million, $41.3 million and $43.2 million, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
The following table presents a breakout of the stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Cost of revenue | | $ | 2.8 | | | $ | 3.4 | | | $ | 6.0 | |
Research and development | | | 5.1 | | | | 6.2 | | | | 6.9 | |
Selling, general and administrative | | | 24.9 | | | | 31.7 | | | | 30.3 | |
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense before income taxes | | | 32.8 | | | | 41.3 | | | | 43.2 | |
Income tax benefit | | | (12.2 | ) | | | (15.9 | ) | | | (16.5 | ) |
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense after income taxes | | $ | 20.6 | | | $ | 25.4 | | | $ | 26.7 | |
|
|
Under the Company’s stock incentive plans, awards granted to certain employees who meet ageand/or service requirements prescribed in the plan will continue to vest after the employees’ retirement with no additional service requirements. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company recognized cost, on a pro forma basis, over the stipulated vesting period of these awards. Per SEC guidance, the Company is continuing to account for these awards in this manner subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 123R. For any awards granted after the adoption of SFAS 123R to employees who meet the ageand/or service requirements, the Company is recognizing the cost of these awards over the period that the employee is required to provide service until the employee may retire and continue to vest in these awards. The change in method of accounting for these awards is not material for any periods presented.
On December 31, 2005, Lexmark accelerated the vesting of certain unvested “out-of-the-money” stock options with exercise prices equal to or greater than $80.00 per share. These options, which were previously awarded to its employees under the Company’s equity compensation plans, would have otherwise vested in the years 2006 through 2008. The vesting was effective for approximately 2.4 million unvested options, or 39% of the Company’s total outstanding unvested options as of December 31, 2005. Acceleration of options held by non-employee directors and executive officers were not included in the vesting acceleration. The acceleration of these options eliminated future compensation expense the Company would otherwise have recognized in its income statement with respect to these accelerated options upon the adoption of SFAS 123R. As a result of the acceleration, the Company recognized an additional $25 million (pre-tax) of stock-based employee compensation expense in the 2005 pro forma disclosure information provided in the prior year’s10-K filing.
Stock Options
Generally, options expire ten years from the date of grant. Options granted during 2008, 2007 and 2006, vest in approximately equal annual installments over a three-year period based upon continued employment or service on the board of directors.
For the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the weighted average fair value of options granted were $11.23, $18.52 and $13.62, respectively. The fair value of each option award on the grant date was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Expected dividend yield | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | |
Expected stock price volatility | | | 33 | % | | | 30 | % | | | 32 | % |
Weighted average risk-free interest rate | | | 3.0 | % | | | 4.7 | % | | | 4.7 | % |
Weighted average expected life of options (years) | | | 4.9 | | | | 4.0 | | | | 3.1 | |
|
|
78
A summary of the status of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and changes during the years then ended is presented below:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | Weighted
| | | | Weighted
| | | | | |
| | | | | | Average
| | | | Average
| | | | Aggregate
| |
| | | | | | Exercise
| | | | Remaining
| | | | Intrinsic
| |
| | | Options
| | | Price
| | | | Contractual
| | | | Value
| |
| | | (In Millions) | | | (Per Share) | | | | Life (Years) | | | | (In Millions) | |
Outstanding at December 31, 2005 | | | | 12.8 | | | $ | 66.30 | | | | | 6.1 | | | | $ | 23.6 | |
Granted | | | | 0.9 | | | | 50.09 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Exercised | | | | (1.4 | ) | | | 38.63 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Forfeited or canceled | | | | (0.9 | ) | | | 77.43 | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Outstanding at December 31, 2006 | | | | 11.4 | | | $ | 67.65 | | | | | 5.6 | | | | $ | 138.2 | |
Granted | | | | 0.6 | | | | 60.39 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Exercised | | | | (0.3 | ) | | | 34.02 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Forfeited or canceled | | | | (0.5 | ) | | | 78.39 | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Outstanding at December 31, 2007 | | | | 11.2 | | | $ | 67.82 | | | | | 4.9 | | | | $ | 2.2 | |
Granted | | | | 0.6 | | | | 32.89 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Exercised | | | | (0.2 | ) | | | 23.25 | | | | | | | | | | | |
Forfeited or canceled | | | | (1.1 | ) | | | 70.42 | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Outstanding at December 31, 2008 | | | | 10.5 | | | $ | 66.16 | | | | | 4.3 | | | | $ | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Exercisable at December 31, 2006 | | | | 8.8 | | | $ | 69.12 | | | | | 5.3 | | | | $ | 99.9 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Exercisable at December 31, 2007 | | | | 9.5 | | | $ | 68.52 | | | | | 4.5 | | | | $ | 2.2 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Exercisable at December 31, 2008 | | | | 9.2 | | | $ | 68.14 | | | | | 3.8 | | | | $ | — | |
|
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total intrinsic value of options exercised was $1.8 million, $7.7 million and $34.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $5.3 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested stock options that will be recognized over the weighted average period of 1.6 years.
Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Units
Lexmark has granted RSUs with various vesting periods and generally these awards vest based upon continued service with the Company or continued service on the board. As of December 31, 2008, the Company has issued DSUs to certain members of management who elected to defer all or a portion of their annual bonus into such units and to certain nonemployee directors who elected to defer all or a portion of their annual retainer, chair retainerand/or meeting fees into such units. These DSUs are 100% vested when issued. The Company has also issued supplemental DSUs to certain members of management upon the election to defer all or a portion of an annual bonus into DSUs. These supplemental DSUs vest at the end of five years based upon continued employment with the Company. The cost of the RSUs and supplemental DSUs, generally determined to be the fair market value of the shares at the date of grant, is charged to compensation expense ratably over the vesting period of the award.
79
A summary of the status of the Company’s RSU and DSU grants as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, and changes during the years then ended is presented below:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Weighted
| | | Weighted
| | | | |
| | | | | Average
| | | Average
| | | | |
| | | | | Grant Date
| | | Remaining
| | | Aggregate
| |
| | Units
| | | Fair Value
| | | Contractual
| | | Intrinsic Value
| |
| | (In Millions) | | | (Per Share) | | | Life (Years) | | | (In Millions) | |
| |
|
RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2005 | | | 0.4 | | | $ | 54.55 | | | | 4.2 | | | $ | 18.4 | |
Granted | | | 0.6 | | | | 48.75 | | | | | | | | | |
Vested | | | (0.1 | ) | | | 35.52 | | | | | | | | | |
Forfeited or canceled | | | (0.1 | ) | | | 54.89 | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2006 | | | 0.8 | | | $ | 52.84 | | | | 3.5 | | | $ | 61.9 | |
Granted | | | 0.5 | | | | 56.08 | | | | | | | | | |
Vested | | | (0.1 | ) | | | 58.62 | | | | | | | | | |
Forfeited or canceled | | | — | | | | 54.43 | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2007 | | | 1.2 | | | $ | 53.79 | | | | 2.6 | | | $ | 42.6 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Granted | | | 0.6 | | | | 33.21 | | | | | | | | | |
Vested | | | (0.2 | ) | | | 51.97 | | | | | | | | | |
Forfeited or canceled | | | (0.1 | ) | | | 52.48 | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
RSUs and DSUs at December 31, 2008 | | | 1.5 | | | $ | 45.84 | | | | 2.3 | | | $ | 39.7 | |
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the total fair value of RSUs and DSUs that vested was $8.4 million, $3.2 million and $4.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $30.7 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to RSUs and DSUs that will be recognized over the weighted average period of 3.0 years.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company discontinued the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) as of December 31, 2007. Employees enrolled in the ESPP during the offering period that ended December 31, 2007, qualified for the final ESPP purchase executed in the first quarter of 2008 according to the plan provisions described below.
The Company’s ESPP enabled substantially all regular employees to purchase full or fractional shares of Lexmark Class A Common Stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of eligible compensation. Effective January 1, 2006, the ESPP was amended whereby the share price paid by an employee was 85% of the closing market price on the last business day of the respective offering period. Prior to January 1, 2006, the share price paid by an employee was 85% of the lesser of the closing market price on (i) the last business day immediately preceding the first day of the respective offering period and (ii) the last business day of the respective offering period. The ESPP provided semi-annual offering periods beginning each January 1 and July 1.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, employees paid the Company $2.1 million, $5.6 million and $6.2 million, respectively, to purchase approximately 0.1 million shares during each of these years. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized approximately $0.3 million, $0.9 million and $1.9 million of compensation expense related to ESPP activity as required under SFAS 123R. Compensation expense was calculated using the fair value of the employees’ purchase rights under the Black-Scholes model.
The Company evaluates its marketable securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115,Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and has determined that all of its investments in marketable securities should be classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded inAccumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss). At December 31, 2008,
80
the Company’s marketable securities portfolio consisted of asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt securities, preferred securities, municipal debt securities, U.S. government and agency debt securities, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and auction rate securities. The fair values of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable securities are based on quoted market prices or other observable market data, internal discount cash flow models, or in some cases, the Company’s amortized cost, which approximates fair value due to the frequent resetting of interest rates resulting in repricing of the investments.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company’s available-for-saleMarketable securities had gross unrealized gains and losses of $6.5 million and $8.2 million, respectively, and consisted of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Gross
| | | Gross
| | | | |
| | Amortized
| | | Unrealized
| | | Unrealized
| | | Estimated
| |
| | Cost | | | Gains | | | Losses | | | Fair Value | |
| |
|
Municipal debt securities | | $ | 21.4 | | | $ | — | | | $ | (0.5 | ) | | $ | 20.9 | |
Corporate debt securities | | | 162.7 | | | | 0.9 | | | | (1.9 | ) | | | 161.7 | |
U.S. gov’t and agency debt securities | | | 458.9 | | | | 5.0 | | | | — | | | | 463.9 | |
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities | | | 109.5 | | | | 0.6 | | | | (5.7 | ) | | | 104.4 | |
|
|
Total debt securities | | | 752.5 | | | | 6.5 | | | | (8.1 | ) | | | 750.9 | |
Preferred securities | | | 4.0 | | | | — | | | | (0.1 | ) | | | 3.9 | |
|
|
Total security investments | | | 756.5 | | | | 6.5 | | | | (8.2 | ) | | | 754.8 | |
Cash equivalents | | | (36.0 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | (36.0 | ) |
|
|
Total marketable securities | | $ | 720.5 | | | $ | 6.5 | | | $ | (8.2 | ) | | $ | 718.8 | |
|
|
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s available-for-saleMarketable securities consisted of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Gross
| | | Gross
| | | | |
| | Amortized
| | | Unrealized
| | | Unrealized
| | | Estimated
| |
| | Cost | | | Gains | | | Losses | | | Fair Value | |
| |
|
Municipal debt securities | | $ | 78.9 | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | 78.9 | |
Corporate debt securities | | | 147.6 | | | | 0.1 | | | | (0.7 | ) | | | 147.0 | |
U.S. gov’t and agency debt securities | | | 65.6 | | | | 0.3 | | | | — | | | | 65.9 | |
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities | | | 246.8 | | | | 1.1 | | | | (0.8 | ) | | | 247.1 | |
|
|
Total debt securities | | | 538.9 | | | | 1.5 | | | | (1.5 | ) | | | 538.9 | |
Preferred securities | | | 0.5 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | 0.5 | |
|
|
Total security investments | | | 539.4 | | | | 1.5 | | | | (1.5 | ) | | | 539.4 | |
Cash equivalents | | | (20.3 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | (20.3 | ) |
|
|
Total marketable securities | | $ | 519.1 | | | $ | 1.5 | | | $ | (1.5 | ) | | $ | 519.1 | |
|
|
Although contractual maturities of the Company’s investment in debt securities may be greater than one year, the majority of investments are classified as current assets in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position due to the Company’s expected holding period of less than one year. Auction rate securities of $24.7 million are classified inNoncurrent assets. The contractual maturities of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable debt securities noted above are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| | Amortized
| | | Estimated
| | | Amortized
| | | Estimated
| |
| | Cost | | | Fair Value | | | Cost | | | Fair Value | |
| |
|
Due in less than one year | | $ | 464.0 | | | $ | 466.0 | | | $ | 111.3 | | | $ | 111.2 | |
Due in 1-5 years | | | 187.4 | | | | 188.6 | | | | 210.9 | | | | 211.1 | |
Due after 5 years | | | 105.1 | | | | 100.2 | | | | 217.2 | | | | 217.1 | |
|
|
Total available-for-sale marketable debt securities | | $ | 756.5 | | | $ | 754.8 | | | $ | 539.4 | | | $ | 539.4 | |
|
|
81
Proceeds from the sales and maturities of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable securities were $533.8 million in 2008, $855.3 million in 2007 and $1,721.0 million in 2006. For the year ended December 2008, the Company recognized $7.9 million in net losses on its marketable securities, of which $7.3 million was recognized as other-than-temporary impairment and $0.6 million was net realized losses. The realized gains and losses in 2007 and 2006 were immaterial. The Company uses the specific identification method when accounting for the costs of its available-for-sale marketable securities sold.
Impairment
The Company assesses its marketable securities for other-than-temporary declines in value by considering several factors that include, among other things, any events that may affect the creditworthiness of a security’s issuer, current and expected market conditions, the length of time and extent to which fair value is less than cost, and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security until a forecasted recovery of fair value that may include holding the security to maturity.
Market conditions continue to indicate significant uncertainty on the part of investors on the economic outlook for the U.S. and for financial institutions. This uncertainty has created reduced liquidity across the fixed income investment market, including the securities in which Lexmark is invested. As a result, some of the Company’s investments have experienced reduced liquidity including unsuccessful auctions for its auction rate security holdings as well as temporary and other than temporary impairment of other marketable securities.
In 2008 there were several significant market events, including the bankruptcy of Lehman Brothers Holdings and the failure of many auction rate securities. In 2008, Lexmark recognized, based on indicative pricing, charges of $4.4 million for other-than-temporary impairment of its Lehman Brothers corporate debt securities, and $1.0 million for other-than-temporary impairment related to distressed corporate debt, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Additionally in 2008, the Company recognized a $1.9 million charge for other-than-temporary impairment in connection with its auction rate fixed income securities; the fair value of which was determined using an internal discount cash flow valuation model. All charges for other-than-temporary impairment are recognized inOther (income) expense, neton the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. In addition, the Company has recognized a cumulative, pre-tax valuation allowance of $1.7 million included inAccumulated other comprehensive losson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, representing a temporary impairment of the overall portfolio.
82
The table below is a summary of the Company’s marketable securities, at year end, for which the fair value is less than cost (impaired), and for which other-than-temporary impairments have not been recognized. The table is separated into securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months, and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer. All securities impaired for 12 months or longer are evaluated individually for other-than-temporary impairment. Additionally, when the Company becomes aware of certain conditions that may affect its securities, such as any events that may affect the creditworthiness of a security’s issuer or current and expected market conditions, securities impaired for less than 12 months are evaluated to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. As of December 31, 2008 the Company does not believe that it has a material risk in its current portfolio of investments that would impact its financial condition or liquidity.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Impaired < 12 Months | | | Impaired >= 12 Months | | | Total | |
| | Fair
| | | Unrealized
| | | Fair
| | | Unrealized
| | | Fair
| | | Unrealized
| |
| | Value | | | Loss | | | Value | | | Loss | | | Value | | | Loss | |
| |
|
Auction rate securities(1) | | $ | 22.7 | | | $ | (0.6 | ) | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | 22.7 | | | $ | (0.6 | ) |
Corporate debt securities | | | 42.4 | | | | (0.8 | ) | | | 26.0 | | | | (1.1 | ) | | | 68.4 | | | | (1.9 | ) |
Asset-backed and | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
mortgage-backed securities | | | 54.0 | | | | (3.6 | ) | | | 10.1 | | | | (2.1 | ) | | | 64.1 | | | | (5.7 | ) |
|
|
Total | | $ | 119.1 | | | $ | (5.0 | ) | | $ | 36.1 | | | $ | (3.2 | ) | | $ | 155.2 | | | $ | (8.2 | ) |
|
|
| | |
(1) | | For 2008, the Company’s auction rate securities are located in its municipal debt and preferred securities categories. |
Auction rate securities
Auction rate securities that do not successfully auction reset to the maximum rate as prescribed in the underlying offering statement. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company reclassified $59.4 million in auction rate fixed income securities fromCurrent assetstoNoncurrent assetson its Consolidated Statement of Financial Position due to the fact that the securities had experienced unsuccessful auctions and that poor debt market conditions had reduced the likelihood that the securities would successfully auction within the next 12 months. During the second quarter of 2008, approximately $32.4 million of auction rate fixed income securities were either sold or redeemed at par. In addition, $4.1 million were reclassified back toCurrent assets, as the Company had been notified by the issuer that the securities would be called at par.
In the third quarter of 2008, approximately $8.1 million of auction rate fixed income securities were either sold or redeemed at par, and in the fourth quarter, one auction rate security was deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired. As of December 31, 2008, the remaining auction rate securities were written down $0.6 million throughAccumulated other comprehensive lossto their estimated fair value based on the discounted cash flow analysis performed by the Company. As of December 31, 2008, the remaining balance of auction rate fixed income securities classified inNoncurrent assetsis $24.7 million.
Based on Lexmark’s assessment of the credit quality of the underlying collateral and credit support available to each of the remaining auction rate securities in which the Company is invested, it believes no additional other-than-temporary-impairment has occurred. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until liquidity in the market or optional issuer redemption occurs and could also hold the securities to maturity. Additionally, if Lexmark required capital, the Company has available liquidity through its accounts receivable program and revolving credit facility.
83
The Company’s trade receivables are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position net of allowances for doubtful accounts and product returns.Trade receivablesconsisted of the following at December 31:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Gross trade receivables | | $ | 463.4 | | | $ | 615.3 | |
Allowances | | | (36.1 | ) | | | (36.5 | ) |
|
|
Trade receivables, net | | $ | 427.3 | | | $ | 578.8 | |
|
|
In the U.S., the Company transfers a majority of its receivables to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Lexmark Receivables Corporation (“LRC”), which then may transfer the receivables on a limited recourse basis to an unrelated third party. The financial results of LRC are included in the Company’s consolidated financial results. LRC is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who, in a liquidation of LRC, would be entitled to be satisfied out of LRC’s assets prior to any value in LRC becoming available for equity claims of the Company.
In October 2004, the Company entered into an amended and restated agreement to sell a portion of its trade receivables on a limited recourse basis. The amended agreement allowed for a maximum capital availability of $200 million under this facility. The primary purpose of the amendment was to extend the term of the facility to October 16, 2007, with required annual renewal of commitments.
During the first quarter of 2007, the Company amended the facility to allow LRC to repurchase receivables previously transferred to the unrelated third party. Prior to the 2007 amendment, the Company accounted for the transfer of receivables from LRC to the unrelated third party as sales of receivables. As a result of the 2007 amendment, the Company accounts for the transfers of receivables from LRC to the unrelated third party as a secured borrowing with a pledge of its receivables as collateral. The amendment became effective in the second quarter of 2007. In October 2008, the facility was renewed until October 3, 2009 and the maximum capital available under the facility decreased to $100 million.
This facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants as well as specific provisions related to the quality of the accounts receivables transferred. As collections reduce previously transferred receivables, the Company may replenish these with new receivables. Lexmark bears a limited risk of bad debt losses on the trade receivables transferred, since the Company over-collateralizes the receivables transferred with additional eligible receivables. Lexmark addresses this risk of loss in its allowance for doubtful accounts. Receivables transferred to the unrelated third-party may not include amounts over 90 days past due or concentrations over certain limits with any one customer. The facility also contains customary cash control triggering events which, if triggered, could adversely affect the Company’s liquidityand/or its ability to transfer trade receivables. A downgrade in the Company’s credit rating could reduce the Company’s ability to transfer trade receivables.
At the end of years 2008 and 2007, there were no secured borrowings under the facility. Expenses incurred under this program totaled $0.3 million in 2008 and are included inInterest (income) expense,neton the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
Expenses of $0.6 million and $0.9 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively, are included inOther (income) expense, net onthe Consolidated Statements of Earnings.
84
Inventoriesconsisted of the following at December 31:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Work in process | | $ | 102.4 | | | $ | 127.2 | |
Finished goods | | | 335.9 | | | | 337.2 | |
|
|
Inventories | | $ | 438.3 | | | $ | 464.4 | |
|
|
9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipmentconsisted of the following at December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Useful Lives
| | | | | | | |
| | (Years) | | | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Land and improvements | | | 20 | | | $ | 33.2 | | | $ | 37.7 | |
Buildings and improvements | | | 10-35 | | | | 528.6 | | | | 512.7 | |
Machinery and equipment | | | 2-10 | | | | 965.8 | | | | 1,023.3 | |
Information systems | | | 3-4 | | | | 137.3 | | | | 136.7 | |
Internal use software | | | 3-5 | | | | 261.5 | | | | 192.9 | |
Furniture and other | | | 3-7 | | | | 94.5 | | | | 91.7 | |
|
|
| | | | | | | 2,020.9 | | | | 1,995.0 | |
Accumulated depreciation | | | | | | | (1,157.7 | ) | | | (1,126.0 | ) |
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, net | | | | | | $ | 863.2 | | | $ | 869.0 | |
|
|
Depreciation expense was $203.2 million, $191.0 million and $199.5 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
| |
10. | ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHER LIABILITIES |
Accrued liabilities, in the current liabilities section of the balance sheet, consisted of the following at December 31:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Copyright fees | | $ | 117.7 | | | $ | 117.5 | |
Compensation | | | 114.6 | | | | 111.0 | |
Deferred revenue | | | 95.0 | | | | 84.1 | |
Marketing programs | | | 70.4 | | | | 67.1 | |
Other | | | 297.2 | | | | 330.8 | |
|
|
Accrued liabilities | | $ | 694.9 | | | $ | 710.5 | |
|
|
In accordance with the disclosure requirements of FIN 45, changes in the Company’s warranty liability for standard warranties and deferred revenue for extended warranties, are presented in the tables below:
Warranty Liability:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Balance at January 1 | | $ | 62.3 | | | $ | 62.7 | |
Accruals for warranties issued | | | 100.6 | | | | 119.4 | |
Accruals related to pre-existing warranties (including changes in estimates) | | | 0.6 | | | | (1.2 | ) |
Settlements made (in cash or in kind) | | | (112.6 | ) | | | (118.6 | ) |
|
|
Balance at December 31 | | $ | 50.9 | | | $ | 62.3 | |
|
|
85
Deferred service revenue:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Balance at January 1 | | $ | 188.9 | | | $ | 149.7 | |
Revenue deferred for new extended warranty contracts | | | 92.6 | | | | 109.1 | |
Revenue recognized | | | (77.8 | ) | | | (69.9 | ) |
|
|
Balance at December 31 | | $ | 203.7 | | | $ | 188.9 | |
|
|
Current portion | | | 82.9 | | | | 69.7 | |
Non-current portion | | | 120.8 | | | | 119.2 | |
|
|
Balance at December 31 | | $ | 203.7 | | | $ | 188.9 | |
|
|
Both the short-term portion of warranty and the short-term portion of extended warranty are included inAccrued liabilitieson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Both the long-term portion of warranty and the long-term portion of extended warranty are included inOther liabilitieson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The split between the short-term and long-term portion of the warranty liability is not disclosed separately above due to immaterial amounts in the long-term portion.
Other liabilities, in the noncurrent liabilities section of the balance sheet, consisted of the following at December 31:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Pension/Postretirement | | $ | 319.4 | | | $ | 117.9 | |
Deferred revenue | | | 125.3 | | | | 124.3 | |
Other | | | 102.4 | | | | 103.3 | |
|
|
Other liabilities | | $ | 547.1 | | | $ | 345.5 | |
|
|
Senior Notes — Long-term Debt and Current Portion of Long-term Debt
In May 2008, the company repaid its $150 million principal amount of 6.75% senior notes that were due on May 15, 2008. Additionally, in May 2008, the Company completed a public debt offering of $650 million aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior unsecured notes. The notes are split into two tranches of five- and ten-year notes respectively. The five-year notes with an aggregate principal amount of $350 million and 5.9% coupon were priced at 99.83% to have an effective yield to maturity of 5.939% and will mature June 1, 2013 (referred to as the “2013 senior notes”). The ten-year notes with an aggregate principal amount of $300 million and 6.65% coupon were priced at 99.73% to have an effective yield to maturity of 6.687% and will mature June 1, 2018 (referred to as the “2018 senior notes”). At December 31, 2008, the outstanding balance was $648.7 million (net of unamortized discount of $1.3 million).
The 2013 and 2018 senior notes (collectively referred to as the “senior notes”) will pay interest on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning December 1, 2008. The interest rate payable on the notes of each series will be subject to adjustments from time to time if either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services downgrades the debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment grade, or subsequently upgrades the ratings.
The senior notes contain typical restrictions on liens, sale leaseback transactions, mergers and sales of assets. There are no sinking fund requirements on the senior notes and they may be redeemed at any time at the option of the Company, at a redemption price as described in the related indenture agreement, as supplemented and amended, in whole or in part. If a “change of control triggering event” as defined below occurs, the Company will be required to make an offer to repurchase the notes in cash from the holders at a price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not
86
including, the date of repurchase. A “change of control triggering event” is defined as the occurrence of both a change of control and a downgrade in the debt rating assigned to the notes to a level below investment grade.
The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, including to fund share repurchases, repay debt, finance acquisitions, finance capital expenditures and operating expenses and invest in any subsidiaries.
Credit Facility
Effective January 20, 2005, Lexmark entered into a $300 million5-year senior, unsecured, multi-currency revolving credit facility with a group of banks. Under the credit facility, the Company may borrow in U.S. dollars, euros, British pounds sterling and Japanese yen. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no amounts outstanding under the credit facility.
Lexmark’s credit agreement contains usual and customary default provisions, leverage and interest coverage restrictions and certain restrictions on secured and subsidiary debt, disposition of assets, liens and mergers and acquisitions. The $300 million credit facility has a maturity date of January 20, 2010.
Interest on all borrowings under the facility depends upon the type of loan, namely alternative base rate loans, swingline loans or eurocurrency loans. Alternative base rate loans bear interest at the greater of the prime rate or the federal funds rate plus one-half of one percent. Swingline loans (limited to $50 million) bear interest at an agreed upon rate at the time of the borrowing. Eurocurrency loans bear interest at the sum of (i) a LIBOR for the applicable currency and interest period and (ii) an interest rate spread based upon the Company’s debt ratings ranging from 0.18% to 0.80%. In addition, Lexmark is required to pay a facility fee on the $300 million line of credit of 0.07% to 0.20% based upon the Company’s debt ratings. The interest and facility fees are payable at least quarterly.
Short-term Debt
Lexmark’s Brazilian operation has a short-term, uncommitted line of credit. The interest rate on this line of credit varies based upon the local prevailing interest rates at the time of borrowing. The interest rate averaged approximately 26.8% and 15.0% during 2008 and 2007, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, there was $5.5 million outstanding under the credit facility. As of December 31, 2007, there was no amount outstanding under the credit facility.
Other
Total cash paid for interest on the debt facilities amounted to $26.9 million, $12.6 million, and $12.7 million in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.
The components ofInterest (income) expense, netin the Consolidated Statements of Earnings are as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Interest (income) | | $ | (35.0 | ) | | $ | (34.2 | ) | | $ | (34.2 | ) |
Interest expense | | | 28.9 | | | | 13.0 | | | | 12.1 | |
|
|
Total | | $ | (6.1 | ) | | $ | (21.2 | ) | | $ | (22.1 | ) |
|
|
87
Provision for Income Taxes
TheProvision for income taxesconsisted of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Current: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Federal | | $ | 15.2 | | | $ | 35.4 | | | $ | 96.0 | |
Non-U.S. | | | 26.8 | | | | 34.8 | | | | 37.2 | |
State and local | | | 5.6 | | | | 6.5 | | | | 9.6 | |
|
|
| | | 47.6 | | | | 76.7 | | | | 142.8 | |
|
|
Deferred: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Federal | | | (24.8 | ) | | | (7.9 | ) | | | (31.5 | ) |
Non-U.S. | | | 14.1 | | | | (20.0 | ) | | | 12.3 | |
State and local | | | (1.2 | ) | | | (0.1 | ) | | | (2.7 | ) |
|
|
| | | (11.9 | ) | | | (28.0 | ) | | | (21.9 | ) |
|
|
Provision for income taxes | | $ | 35.7 | | | $ | 48.7 | | | $ | 120.9 | |
|
|
Earnings before income taxeswere as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
U.S. | | $ | 69.7 | | | $ | 135.7 | | | $ | 219.4 | |
Non-U.S. | | | 206.2 | | | | 213.8 | | | | 239.9 | |
|
|
Earnings before income taxes | | $ | 275.9 | | | $ | 349.5 | | | $ | 459.3 | |
|
|
The Company realized an income tax benefit from the exercise of certain stock options in 2008, 2007 and 2006 of $3.4 million, $3.4 million and $11.8 million, respectively. This benefit resulted in a decrease in current income taxes payable and an increase in capital in excess of par.
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes using the U.S. statutory rate and the Company’s effective tax rate was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | | | | |
| | Amount | | | % | | | Amount | | | % | | | Amount | | | % | | | | |
| |
|
Provision for income taxes at statutory rate | | $ | 96.6 | | | | 35.0 | % | | $ | 122.3 | | | | 35.0 | % | | $ | 160.8 | | | | 35.0 | % | | | | |
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit | | | 4.8 | | | | 1.7 | | | | 6.8 | | | | 2.0 | | | | 7.5 | | | | 1.6 | | | | | |
Foreign tax differential | | | (44.6 | ) | | | (16.2 | ) | | | (42.2 | ) | | | (12.1 | ) | | | (23.9 | ) | | | (5.2 | ) | | | | |
Research and development credit | | | (5.4 | ) | | | (1.9 | ) | | | (5.6 | ) | | | (1.6 | ) | | | (6.8 | ) | | | (1.5 | ) | | | | |
Tax-exempt interest, net of related expenses | | | (0.8 | ) | | | (0.3 | ) | | | (1.4 | ) | | | (0.4 | ) | | | (3.6 | ) | | | (0.8 | ) | | | | |
Valuation allowance | | | (0.6 | ) | | | (0.2 | ) | | | 0.2 | | | | 0.1 | | | | 7.9 | | | | 1.7 | | | | | |
Reversals of previously accrued taxes | | | (11.6 | ) | | | (4.2 | ) | | | (18.4 | ) | | | (5.3 | ) | | | (14.3 | ) | | | (3.1 | ) | | | | |
Adjustments to previously recorded taxes | | | — | | | | — | | | | (11.2 | ) | | | (3.2 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | | |
Other | | | (2.7 | ) | | | (1.0 | ) | | | (1.8 | ) | | | (0.6 | ) | | | (6.7 | ) | | | (1.4 | ) | | | | |
|
|
Provision for income taxes | | $ | 35.7 | | | | 12.9 | % | | $ | 48.7 | | | | 13.9 | % | | $ | 120.9 | | | | 26.3 | % | | | | |
|
|
The effective income tax rate was 12.9% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The 1.0 percentage point reduction of the effective tax rate from 2007 to 2008 was due to a reduction of 5.3 percentage points, primarily related to the geographic shift in earnings along with a variety of other factors, partially offset by a smaller amount of reversals and adjustments to previously accrued taxes in 2008 (increase of
88
4.3 percentage points). During 2008, the Company reversed $11.6 million of previously accrued taxes principally due to the settlement of the U.S. tax audit for years 2004 and 2005.
The effective income tax rate was 13.9% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The 12.4 percentage point reduction YTY of the effective tax rate was primarily due to a geographic shift of earnings (6.9 percentage points) as well as reversals and adjustments of previously accrued taxes (5.4 percentage points). During 2007, the Company reversed $18.4 million of previously accrued taxes principally due to the settlement of a tax audit outside the U.S. and recorded $11.2 million of adjustments to previously recorded tax amounts. Specific to the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded adjustments of $6.4 million to previously recorded tax amounts. The impact of these adjustments was insignificant to prior periods.
The effective income tax rate was 26.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006. During 2006, the IRS completed its examination of the Company’s income tax returns for the years 2002 and 2003. Upon completion of that audit, the Company reversed $2.5 million of previously accrued taxes. Additionally, the Company also reversed $11.8 million of previously accrued taxes based on the expiration of various domestic and foreign statutes of limitation. The benefit of those two reversals was included in the 2006 tax rate.
During 2006, the Company was subject to a tax holiday in Switzerland with respect to the earnings of one of the Company’s wholly-owned Swiss subsidiaries. The holiday expired at the end of 2006. The benefit derived from the tax holiday was $1.6 million in 2006.
Deferred income tax assets and (liabilities)
Significant components of deferred income tax assets and (liabilities) at December 31 were as follows:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Deferred tax assets: | | | | | | | | |
Tax loss carryforwards | | $ | 1.4 | | | $ | 2.6 | |
Credit carryforwards | | | 5.2 | | | | 4.3 | |
Inventories | | | 18.7 | | | | 14.5 | |
Restructuring | | | 10.8 | | | | 7.5 | |
Pension | | | 98.7 | | | | 14.7 | |
Warranty | | | 9.2 | | | | 11.2 | |
Postretirement benefits | | | 20.8 | | | | 21.9 | |
Equity compensation | | | 31.4 | | | | 28.5 | |
Other compensation | | | 10.2 | | | | 21.1 | |
Other | | | 57.6 | | | | 34.1 | |
Deferred tax liabilities: | | | | | | | | |
Property, plant and equipment | | | (20.5 | ) | | | (32.7 | ) |
Foreign exchange | | | (2.4 | ) | | | (2.6 | ) |
|
|
| | | 241.1 | | | | 125.1 | |
Valuation allowances | | | (0.7 | ) | | | (0.9 | ) |
|
|
Net deferred tax assets | | $ | 240.4 | | | $ | 124.2 | |
|
|
The Company hasnon-U.S. tax loss carryforwards of $6.4 million, of which $4.0 million is subject to a valuation allowance. The remaining $2.4 million is made up of losses in several jurisdictions. The carryforward periods range from 6 years to indefinite. The Company believes that, for any tax loss carryforward where a valuation allowance has not been provided, the associated asset will be realized because there will be sufficient income in the future to absorb the loss.
Deferred income taxes have not been provided on the majority of the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries because such earnings are indefinitely reinvested. Undistributed earnings ofnon-U.S. subsidiaries included in the consolidated retained earnings were approximately $1,152.3 million
89
as of December 31, 2008. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of additional tax that may be payable on the foreign earnings. The Company does not plan to initiate any action that would precipitate the payment of income taxes.
FIN 48 Disclosures
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 and related guidance on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company reduced its liability for unrecognized tax benefits and related interest and penalties by $7.3 million, which resulted in a corresponding increase in the Company’s January 1, 2007, retained earnings balance. The Company also recorded an increase in its deferred tax assets of $8.5 million and a corresponding increase in its liability for unrecognized tax benefits as a result of adopting FIN 48.
The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008, was $29.3 million, all of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007, was $53.5 million, of which $43.5 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized.
The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of its income tax provision. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $3.7 million of accrued interest and penalties. For 2008, the Company recognized in its statement of earnings a net benefit of $1.0 million related to interest and penalties. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had $7.4 million of accrued interest and penalties. For 2007, the Company recognized in its statement of earnings a net benefit of $4.2 million for interest and penalties.
It is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease in the next 12 months. Such changes could occur based on the expiration of various statutes of limitations or the conclusion of ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions around the world. If those events occur within the next 12 months, the Company estimates that its unrecognized tax benefits amount could decrease by an amount in the range of $0 to $6 million, the impact of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.
Several tax years are subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions. In the U.S., federal tax years 2006 and after are subject to examination. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) is currently auditing tax years 2006 and 2007. In France, tax years 2006 and after are subject to examination. In Switzerland, tax years 2003 and after are subject to examination. In most of the other countries where the Company files income tax returns, 2003 is the earliest tax year that is subject to examination. The Company believes that adequate amounts have been provided for any adjustments that may result from those examinations.
A reconciliation of the total beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Balance at January 1 | | $ | 53.5 | | | $ | 59.8 | |
Increases/(decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during a prior period | | | (5.1 | ) | | | (5.5 | ) |
Increases/(decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during the current period | | | 5.9 | | | | 10.4 | |
Increases/(decreases) in unrecognized tax benefits relating to settlements with taxing authorities | | | (24.2 | ) | | | (11.2 | ) |
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations | | | (0.8 | ) | | | — | |
|
|
Balance at December 31 | | $ | 29.3 | | | $ | 53.5 | |
|
|
Other
Cash paid for income taxes was $97.8 million, $76.1 million and $134.4 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
90
On November 10, 2005, the FASB issued FSPNo. FAS 123R-3,Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards(“FSP 123R-3”). The Company elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in FSP 123R-3 for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to SFAS 123R. The alternative transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC pool”) related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon the adoption of SFAS 123R.
| |
13. | STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS (LOSS) |
The Class A Common Stock is voting and exchangeable for Class B Common Stock in very limited circumstances. The Class B Common Stock is non-voting and is convertible, subject to certain limitations, into Class A Common Stock.
At December 31, 2008, approximately 790.2 million and 1.8 million shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock were unissued and unreserved. These shares are available for a variety of general corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital and for facilitating acquisitions.
In May 2008, the Company received authorization from the board of directors to repurchase an additional $750 million of its Class A Common Stock for a total repurchase authority of $4.65 billion. As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $0.5 billion of share repurchase authority remaining. This repurchase authority allows the Company, at management’s discretion, to selectively repurchase its stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions depending upon market price and other factors. During 2008, the Company repurchased approximately 17.5 million shares at a cost of approximately $0.6 billion, including two accelerated share repurchase agreements discussed below. As of December 31, 2008, since the inception of the program in April 1996, the Company had repurchased approximately 91.6 million shares for an aggregate cost of approximately $4.2 billion. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had reissued approximately 0.5 million shares of previously repurchased shares in connection with certain of its employee benefit programs. As a result of these issuances as well as the retirement of 44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million shares of treasury stock in 2005, 2006 and 2008, respectively, the net treasury shares outstanding at December 31, 2008, were 15.1 million.
In December 2005, October 2006 and October 2008, the Company received authorization from the board of directors to retire 44.0 million, 16.0 million and 16.0 million shares, respectively, of the Company’s Class A Common Stock currently held in the Company’s treasury as treasury stock. The retired shares resumed the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Earnings for the effects onCommon stock,Capital in excess of par,Retained earningsandTreasury stockfrom the retirement of the 16.0 million shares of Class A Common Stock in 2006 and 16.0 million shares of Class A Common Stock in 2008.
In 1998, the Company’s board of directors adopted a stockholder rights plan (the “Rights Plan”) which provides existing stockholders with the right to purchase one one-thousandth (0.001) of a share of Series A Junior Participating preferred stock for each share of Class A and Class B Common Stock held in the event of certain changes in the Company’s ownership. The rights expired on January 31, 2009.
Accelerated Share Repurchase Agreements
The Company executed two accelerated share repurchase agreements (“ASR”) with financial institution counterparties in 2008, resulting in a total of 8.7 million shares repurchased at a cost of $250.0 million over the third and fourth quarter. The impact of the two ASRs is included in the share repurchase totals provided in the preceding paragraphs. The settlement provisions of both ASRs were essentially forward contracts, and were accounted for under the provisions of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) IssueNo. 00-19
91
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company’s Own Stockas equity instruments. The details of each ASR are provided in the following paragraphs.
On August 28, 2008, the Company entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with a financial institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company paid $150.0 million targeting 4.1 million shares based on an initial price of $36.90. On September 3, 2008, the Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or 3.5 million shares at a cost of $127.5 million. The final number of shares to be delivered by the counterparty under the ASR was dependent on the average of the daily volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock over the agreement’s trading period, a discount, and the initial number of shares delivered. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company would either receive additional shares from the counterparty or be required to deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty. The Company controlled its election to either deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty. On October 21, 2008, the counterparty delivered 1.2 million shares in final settlement of the agreement, bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to 4.7 million at a total cost of $150.0 million at an average price per share of $31.91.
On October 21, 2008, the Company entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with another financial institution counterparty. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company paid $100.0 million targeting 3.9 million shares based on an initial price of $25.71. On October 24, 2008, the Company took delivery of 85% of the shares, or 3.3 million shares at a cost of $85.0 million. The final number of shares to be delivered by the counterparty under the ASR was dependent on the average of the daily volume weighted average price of the Company’s common stock over the agreement’s trading period, a discount, and the initial number of shares delivered. Under the terms of the ASR, the Company would either receive additional shares from the counterparty or be required to deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty. The Company controlled its election to either deliver additional shares or cash to the counterparty. On December 26, 2008, the counterparty delivered 0.7 million shares in final settlement of the agreement, bringing the total shares repurchased under the ASR to 4.0 million at a total cost of $100.0 million at an average price per share of $25.22.
Other Comprehensive Earnings (Loss)
Comprehensive earnings (loss) for the years ended December 31, net of taxes, consists of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Net earnings | | $ | 240.2 | | | $ | 300.8 | | | $ | 338.4 | |
Other comprehensive earnings (loss): | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of tax benefit of $5.5 in 2008) | | | (63.4 | ) | | | 22.5 | | | | 22.3 | |
Cash flow hedging, net of reclassifications (net of tax benefit (liability) of $0.1 in 2007, and $0.2 in 2006) | | | — | | | | (0.7 | ) | | | (6.4 | ) |
Minimum pension liability adjustments (net of tax (liability) benefit of $(16.5) in 2006) | | | — | | | | — | | | | 26.9 | |
SFAS 158 pension or other postretirement benefits, net of reclassifications (net of tax benefit (liability) of $80.0 in 2008 and $(2.8) in 2007) | | | (124.0 | ) | | | 17.5 | | | | — | |
Net unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities (net of tax (liability) benefit of $0.4 in 2008, $(0.0) in 2007 and $(0.1) in 2006) | | | (1.3 | ) | | | — | | | | 0.6 | |
|
|
Comprehensive earnings | | $ | 51.5 | | | $ | 340.1 | | | $ | 381.8 | |
|
|
92
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) earningsfor the years ended December 31 consists of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Foreign
| | | | | | | | | Pension or
| | | Net Unrealized
| | | Accumulated
| |
| | Currency
| | | | | | Minimum
| | | Other
| | | (Loss) Gain on
| | | Other
| |
| | Translation
| | | Cash Flow
| | | Pension
| | | Postretirement
| | | Marketable
| | | Comprehensive
| |
| | Adjustment | | | Hedges | | | Liability | | | Benefits | | | Securities | | | (Loss) Earnings | |
| |
|
Balance at 12/31/05 | | $ | (15.2 | ) | | $ | 7.1 | | | $ | (154.6 | ) | | $ | — | | | $ | (0.6 | ) | | $ | (163.3 | ) |
2006 Change | | | 22.3 | | | | (6.4 | ) | | | 26.9 | | | | — | | | | 0.6 | | | | 43.4 | |
Adoption of SFAS 158 | | | — | | | | — | | | | 127.7 | | | | (138.7 | ) | | | — | | | | (11.0 | ) |
|
|
Balance at 12/31/06 | | | 7.1 | | | | 0.7 | | | | — | | | | (138.7 | ) | | | — | | | | (130.9 | ) |
2007 Change | | | 22.5 | | | | (0.7 | ) | | | — | | | | 17.5 | | | | — | | | | 39.3 | |
|
|
Balance at 12/31/07 | | $ | 29.6 | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | (121.2 | ) | | $ | — | | | $ | (91.6 | ) |
2008 Change | | | (63.4 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | (124.0 | ) | | | (1.3 | ) | | | (188.7 | ) |
|
|
Balance at 12/31/08 | | $ | (33.8 | ) | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | (245.2 | ) | | $ | (1.3 | ) | | $ | (280.3 | ) |
|
|
| |
14. | EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”) |
The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted net EPS calculations for the years ended December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Numerator: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net earnings | | $ | 240.2 | | | $ | 300.8 | | | $ | 338.4 | |
|
Denominator: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Weighted average shares used to compute basic EPS | | | 88.9 | | | | 95.3 | | | | 102.8 | |
Effect of dilutive securities — employee stock plans | | | 0.3 | | | | 0.5 | | | | 0.7 | |
|
|
Weighted average shares used to compute diluted EPS | | | 89.2 | | | | 95.8 | | | | 103.5 | |
|
Basic net EPS | | $ | 2.70 | | | $ | 3.16 | | | $ | 3.29 | |
Diluted net EPS | | $ | 2.69 | | | $ | 3.14 | | | $ | 3.27 | |
|
RSUs and stock options totaling an additional 10.4 million, 5.1 million and 5.3 million of Class A Common Stock in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted net earnings per share because the effect would have been antidilutive.
The Company executed two accelerated share repurchase agreements (“ASR”) with financial institution counterparties in 2008, resulting in a total of 8.7 million shares repurchased at a cost of $250.0 million over the third and fourth quarter. The ASRs had a favorable impact to 2008 basic and diluted EPS of $0.06. The settlement provisions established in the agreements were essentially forward contracts and therefore potentially dilutive common stock equivalents that must be evaluated under Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) TopicNo. D-72Effect of Contracts That May Be Settled in Stock or Cash on the Computation of Diluted Earnings per Shareuntil final settlement. At December 31, 2008, there were no outstanding settlement provisions to evaluate for potential dilution. Refer to Part II, Item 8, Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding the Company’s accelerated share repurchase agreements.
| |
15. | PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLANS |
Lexmark and its subsidiaries have defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans that cover certain of its regular employees, and a supplemental plan that covers certain executives. Medical, dental and life insurance plans for retirees are provided by the Company and certain of itsnon-U.S. subsidiaries.
Effective April 3, 2006, Lexmark froze pension benefits in its defined benefit pension plan for U.S. employees and at the same time changed from a maximum Company matching contribution of
93
three percent of eligible compensation to an automatic Company contribution of one percent and a maximum Company matching contribution of five percent to Lexmark’s existing 401(k) plan. As a result, during 2006, the Company recognized a $9.9 million pension curtailment gain due to the freeze of benefit accruals in the U.S. Additionally, in 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Company made a maximum Company matching contribution of six percent to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan on compensation amounts in excess of IRS qualified plan limits.
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“the Act”) was enacted on August 17, 2006. Most of its provisions have become effective in 2008. The Act significantly changes the funding requirements for single-employer defined benefit pension plans. The funding requirements are now largely based on a plan’s calculated funded status, with faster amortization of any shortfalls. The Act directs the U.S. Treasury Department to develop a new yield curve to discount pension obligations for determining the funded status of a plan when calculating the funding requirements.
94
Defined Benefit Plans
Thenon-U.S. pension plans are not significant and use economic assumptions similar to the U.S. pension plan and therefore are not shown separately in the following disclosures.
Obligations and funded status at December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Pension Benefits | | | Other Postretirement Benefits | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Change in Benefit Obligation: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Benefit obligation at beginning of year | | $ | 762.2 | | | $ | 777.1 | | | $ | 47.8 | | | $ | 46.6 | |
Service cost | | | 3.5 | | | | 2.6 | | | | 1.5 | | | | 1.7 | |
Interest cost | | | 45.0 | | | | 42.3 | | | | 2.7 | | | | 2.5 | |
Contributions by plan participants | | | 3.5 | | | | 3.4 | | | | 3.6 | | | | 4.2 | |
Actuarial gain | | | (6.7 | ) | | | (19.4 | ) | | | (4.6 | ) | | | (1.1 | ) |
Benefits paid | | | (53.9 | ) | | | (53.3 | ) | | | (5.9 | ) | | | (6.5 | ) |
Foreign currency exchange rate changes | | | (20.8 | ) | | | 7.6 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Plan amendments and adjustments | | | — | | | | 0.6 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Settlement, curtailment or special termination losses | | | 1.6 | | | | 1.3 | | | | — | | | | 0.4 | |
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of year | | | 734.4 | | | | 762.2 | | | | 45.1 | | | | 47.8 | |
|
|
Change in Plan Assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year | | | 714.4 | | | | 718.5 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Actual return on plan assets | | | (177.4 | ) | | | 34.5 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Contributions by the employer | | | 4.3 | | | | 4.0 | | | | 2.3 | | | | 2.3 | |
Benefits paid | | | (53.9 | ) | | | (53.3 | ) | | | (5.9 | ) | | | (6.5 | ) |
Foreign currency exchange rate changes | | | (21.9 | ) | | | 7.3 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Plan amendments and adjustments | | | — | | | | 0.5 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Contributions by plan participants | | | 3.5 | | | | 3.4 | | | | 3.6 | | | | 4.2 | |
Settlements | | | — | | | | (0.5 | ) | | | — | | | | — | |
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of year | | | 469.0 | | | | 714.4 | | | | — | | | | — | |
|
|
Unfunded status at end of year | | | (265.4 | ) | | | (47.8 | ) | | | (45.1 | ) | | | (47.8 | ) |
Net loss | | | 408.9 | | | | 203.5 | | | | 6.9 | | | | 12.1 | |
Prior service cost (credit) | | | 0.3 | | | | 0.3 | | | | (11.5 | ) | | | (15.7 | ) |
|
|
Net amount recognized | | $ | 143.8 | | | $ | 156.0 | | | $ | (49.7 | ) | | $ | (51.4 | ) |
|
|
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Noncurrent assets | | $ | 7.2 | | | $ | 19.1 | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | |
Current liabilities | | | (1.3 | ) | | | (1.3 | ) | | | (4.1 | ) | | | (3.5 | ) |
Noncurrent liabilities | | | (271.3 | ) | | | (65.6 | ) | | | (41.0 | ) | | | (44.3 | ) |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (earnings), net of tax | | | 247.9 | | | | 123.3 | | | | (2.7 | ) | | | (2.2 | ) |
Deferred tax assets | | | 162.1 | | | | 82.5 | | | | — | | | | — | |
Deferred tax liabilities | | | (0.8 | ) | | | (2.0 | ) | | | (1.9 | ) | | | (1.4 | ) |
|
|
Net amount recognized | | $ | 143.8 | | | $ | 156.0 | | | $ | (49.7 | ) | | $ | (51.4 | ) |
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
The accumulated benefit obligation for all of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans was $729.6 million and $756.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
95
Pension plans with a benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| | Benefit
| | | Plan
| | | Benefit
| | | Plan
| |
| | Obligation | | | Assets | | | Obligation | | | Assets | |
| |
|
Plans with projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets | | $ | 664.5 | | | $ | 391.8 | | | $ | 664.6 | | | $ | 597.7 | |
Plans with accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets | | | 661.0 | | | | 391.6 | | | | 659.9 | | | | 597.5 | |
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Other Postretirement
| |
| | Pension Benefits | | | Benefits | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | | | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Net Periodic Benefit Cost: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Service cost | | $ | 3.5 | | | $ | 2.6 | | | $ | 7.9 | | | $ | 1.5 | | | $ | 1.7 | | | $ | 1.8 | |
Interest cost | | | 45.0 | | | | 42.3 | | | | 42.0 | | | | 2.7 | | | | 2.5 | | | | 2.5 | |
Expected return on plan assets | | | (50.0 | ) | | | (48.8 | ) | | | (49.2 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | |
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | | | | (3.9 | ) | | | (4.0 | ) | | | (3.8 | ) |
Amortization of net loss | | | 11.2 | | | | 15.1 | | | | 17.2 | | | | 0.5 | | | | 0.9 | | | | 1.0 | |
Settlement, curtailment or special termination (gains) losses | | | 1.7 | | | | 2.0 | | | | (5.4 | ) | | | (0.3 | ) | | | 0.1 | | | | (0.1 | ) |
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost | | $ | 11.4 | | | $ | 13.2 | | | $ | 12.5 | | | $ | 0.5 | | | $ | 1.2 | | | $ | 1.4 | |
|
|
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) (pre-tax) for the year ended December 31, 2008:
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Other
| |
| | Pension
| | | Postretirement
| |
| | Benefits | | | Benefits | |
| |
|
Net loss (gain) arising during the period | | $ | 221.1 | | | $ | (4.6 | ) |
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on amounts included in AOCI | | | (5.0 | ) | | | — | |
Less amounts recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost: | | | | | | | | |
Amortization or settlement recognition of net loss | | | (11.2 | ) | | | (0.5 | ) |
Amortization or curtailment recognition of prior service cost (credit) | | | — | | | | 4.2 | |
|
Total amount recognized in AOCI for the period | | | 204.9 | | | | (0.9 | ) |
|
Total amount recognized in net periodic benefit cost and AOCI for the period | | $ | 216.3 | | | $ | (0.4 | ) |
|
The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized fromAccumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss)into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $15 million. The estimated prior service credit for the other defined benefit postretirement plans that will be amortized fromAccumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss)into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $4 million.
96
Assumptions:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Other Postretirement
| |
| | Pension Benefits | | | Benefits | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations at December 31: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Discount rate | | | 6.2 | % | | | 6.2 | % | | | 6.4 | % | | | 6.0 | % |
Rate of compensation increase | | | 2.8 | % | | | 3.5 | % | | | 4.0 | % | | | 4.0 | % |
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Pension
| | | Other
| |
| | Benefits | | | Postretirement Benefits | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | | | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Years Ended December 31: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Discount rate | | | 6.2 | % | | | 5.7 | % | | | 5.5 | % | | | 6.0 | % | | | 5.7 | % | | | 5.6 | % |
Expected long-term return on plan assets | | | 7.6 | % | | | 7.6 | % | | | 7.6 | % | | | — | | | | — | | | | — | |
Rate of compensation increase | | | 3.5 | % | | | 2.9 | % | | | 3.9 | % | | | 4.0 | % | | | 4.0 | % | | | 4.0 | % |
|
Plan assets:
Plan assets are invested in equity securities, government and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, corporate debt, annuity contracts and other securities. The U.S. defined benefit plan comprises a significant portion of the assets and liabilities relating to the defined benefit plans. The investment goal of the U.S. defined benefit plan is to achieve an adequate net investment return in order to provide for future benefit payments to its participants. Beginning in December 2008, asset allocation percentages are targeted to be 65% equity and 35% fixed income investments. The U.S. defined benefit plan expects to employ professional investment managers during 2009 to invest in new asset classes, including international developed equity, emerging market equity, high yield bonds and emerging market debt. Prior to December 2008, the target asset allocation percentages were 75% equity investments and 25% fixed income investments. Each investment manager operates under an investment management contract that includes specific investment guidelines, requiring among other actions, adequate diversification, prudent use of derivatives and standard risk management practices such as portfolio constraints relating to established benchmarks. The plan currently uses, and intends to use during the asset allocation transition in 2009 noted above, a combination of both active management and passive index funds to achieve its investment goals.
Lexmark’s U.S. pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2008 and 2007, by asset category were as follows:
| | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | |
| |
|
Equity investments | | | 70 | % | | | 75 | % |
Fixed income investments | | | 30 | % | | | 25 | % |
|
|
Total | | | 100 | % | | | 100 | % |
|
Defined Contribution Plans
Lexmark also sponsors defined contribution plans for employees in certain countries. Company contributions are generally based upon a percentage of employees’ contributions. The Company’s expense under these plans was $25.1 million, $25.8 million and $20.5 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
97
Additional Information
Other postretirement benefits:
For measurement purposes, a 8.5% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2009. The rate is assumed to decrease gradually to 5.25% in 2015 and remain at that level thereafter. A one-percentage-point change in the health care cost trend rate would have a de minimus effect on the benefit cost and obligation since preset caps have been met for the net employer cost of postretirement medical benefits.
Related to Lexmark’s acquisition of the Information Products Corporation from IBM in 1991, IBM agreed to pay for its pro rata share (currently estimated at $26.2 million) of future postretirement benefits for all the Company’s U.S. employees based on pro rated years of service with IBM and the Company.
Cash flows:
In 2009, the Company is currently expecting to contribute approximately $100 million to its pension and other postretirement plans.
Lexmark estimates that the future benefits payable for the pension and other postretirement plans are as follows:
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | Other Postretirement
| |
| | Pension Benefits | | | Benefits | |
| |
|
2009 | | | 49.6 | | | | 4.0 | |
2010 | | | 49.0 | | | | 4.4 | |
2011 | | | 48.7 | | | | 4.7 | |
2012 | | | 48.6 | | | | 4.7 | |
2013 | | | 48.5 | | | | 4.7 | |
2014-2018 | | | 260.0 | | | | 24.5 | |
|
| |
16. | DERIVATIVES, FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT |
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Lexmark’s activities expose it to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Company’s risk management program seeks to reduce the potentially adverse effects that market risks may have on its operating results.
Lexmark maintains a foreign currency risk management strategy that uses derivative instruments to protect its interests from unanticipated fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by volatility in currency exchange rates. The Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes nor does it hold or issue leveraged derivative instruments. Lexmark maintains an interest rate risk management strategy that may, from time to time use derivative instruments to minimize significant, unanticipated earnings fluctuations caused by interest rate volatility. By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in exchange rates and interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Lexmark manages exposure to counterparty credit risk by entering into derivative financial instruments with highly rated institutions that can be expected to fully perform under the terms of the agreement. Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument that results from a change in currency exchange rates or interest rates. The Company manages exposure to market risk associated with interest rate and foreign exchange contracts by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.
Lexmark uses the following hedging strategies to reduce the potentially adverse effects that market volatility may have on its operating results:
Fair Value Hedges: Fair value hedges are hedges of recognized assets or liabilities. Lexmark enters into forward exchange contracts to hedge accounts receivable, accounts payable and other monetary assets and liabilities. The forward contracts used in this program generally mature in three months or less,
98
consistent with the underlying asset and liability. Foreign exchange option contracts, as well as forward contracts, may be used as fair value hedges in situations where derivative instruments, for which hedge accounting has been discontinued, expose earnings to further change in exchange rates. Although, the Company has historically used interest rate swaps to convert fixed rate financing activities to variable rates, there were no interest rate swaps outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
Cash Flow Hedges: Cash flow hedges are hedges of forecasted transactions or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability. During 2007 and 2006, Lexmark had entered into foreign exchange options and forward exchange contracts, generally expiring within twelve months, as hedges of anticipated purchases and sales that are denominated in foreign currencies. These contracts were entered into to protect against the risk that the eventual cash flows resulting from such transactions will be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates. However, the Company did not use foreign exchange cash flow hedges during 2008. The Company enters into currency swap contracts to hedge foreign currency risks that result from the transfer of various currencies within the Company. The currency swap contracts entered into generally expire within one month.
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Activities
All derivatives are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at their fair value. Fair values for Lexmark’s derivative financial instruments are based on pricing models or formulas using current market data, or where applicable, quoted market prices. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either a fair value or cash flow hedge. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as — and that is designated and qualifies as — a fair value hedge, along with the loss or gain on the hedged asset or liability are recorded in current period earnings inCost of revenueon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective as — and that is designated and qualifies as — a cash flow hedge are recorded inAccumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss)on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, until the underlying transactions occur, at which time the loss or gain on the derivative is recorded in current period earnings inCost of revenueon the Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Derivatives qualifying as hedges are included in the same section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows as the underlying assets and liabilities being hedged.
As of December 31, 2008, the Company had no derivative assets recorded inPrepaid expenses and other current assetsand $1.5 million of derivative liabilities recorded inAccrued liabilitieson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had derivative assets of $0.7 million recorded inPrepaid expenses and other current assetsand no derivative liabilities recorded inAccrued liabilitieson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no deferred gains or losses on derivative instruments recorded inAccumulated other comprehensive earnings (loss.)
Lexmark formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge items. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value and cash flow to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively, as discussed below.
Lexmark discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when (1) it is determined that a derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item or (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the derivative will continue to be carried on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position at its fair value. In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will be carried at its fair value on the
99
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, with changes in its fair value recognized in current period earnings. An immaterial portion of the Company’s cash flow hedges was determined to be ineffective, and recognized in current period earnings during 2007 and 2006.
Lexmark recorded $18.5 million, $8.2 million and $4.6 million of aggregate net foreign currency transaction losses in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The aggregate foreign currency transaction net loss amounts include the gains/losses on the Company’s foreign currency fair value hedges for all periods presented.
Financial Instruments
In May 2008, the Company repaid its $150.0 million principal amount of 6.75% senior notes that were due on May 15, 2008. Additionally, in May 2008, the Company completed a public debt offering of $650.0 million aggregate principal amount of fixed rate senior unsecured notes. As of December 31, 2008, the carrying value of Lexmark’s $650.0 million of senior note debt was $648.7 million and the fair value was $505.0 million. The fair value of the debt was estimated based on current rates available to the Company for debt with similar characteristics. As of December 31, 2007, the carrying value of Lexmark’s $150.0 million of senior note debt was $149.9 million and the fair value was $150.3 million. The fair value of the debt was estimated based on current rates available to the Company for debt with similar characteristics. As the notes matured in May 2008, the senior notes were reclassified fromLong-term debttoCurrent portion of long-term debtduring 2007. As of December 31, 2008, the carrying value of the company’s short-term debt was $5.5 million, which approximated its fair value. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had no short-term debt outstanding.
During October 2003, Lexmark entered into interest rate swap contracts to convert its $150.0 million principal amount of 6.75% senior notes from a fixed interest rate to a variable interest rate. The interest rate swaps were designated as a fair value hedge of the Company’s $150.0 million long-term debt. The interest rate swaps were recorded at their fair value and the Company’s long-term debt was adjusted by the same corresponding value in accordance with the short-cut method of SFAS 133. The fair value of the interest rate swaps was combined with the fair value adjustment of the Company’s senior note debt due to immateriality and was presented inCurrent portion of long-term debtat December 31, 2007 on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. In May 2008, the interest rate swap contracts expired concurrently with the repayment of the $150.0 million debt. As of December 31, 2007, the fair value of the interest rate swap contracts was an asset of $0.1 million.
Concentrations of Risk
Lexmark’s main concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of short-term cash investments, marketable securities and trade receivables. Short-term cash and marketable securities investments are made in a variety of high quality securities with prudent diversification requirements. The Company seeks diversification among its cash investments by limiting the amount of cash investments that can be made with any one obligor. Credit risk related to trade receivables is dispersed across a large number of customers located in various geographic areas. Collateral such as letters of credit and bank guarantees is required in certain circumstances. Lexmark sells a large portion of its products through third-party distributors and resellers and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) customers. If the financial condition or operations of these distributors, resellers and OEM customers were to deteriorate substantially, the Company’s operating results could be adversely affected. The three largest distributor, reseller and OEM customer trade receivable balances collectively represented $188 million or approximately 30% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2008, and $281 million or approximately 46% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2007, of which Dell receivables were $125 million or approximately 20% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2008, and $207 million or approximately 34% of total trade receivables at December 31, 2007. However, Lexmark performs ongoing credit evaluations of the financial position of its third-party distributors, resellers and other customers to determine appropriate credit limits.
100
Lexmark generally has experienced longer accounts receivable cycles in its emerging markets, in particular, Latin America, when compared to its U.S. and European markets. In the event that accounts receivable cycles in these developing markets lengthen further, the Company could be adversely affected.
Lexmark also procures a wide variety of components used in the manufacturing process. Although many of these components are available from multiple sources, the Company often utilizes preferred supplier relationships to better ensure more consistent quality, cost and delivery. The Company also sources some printer engines and finished products from OEMs. Typically, these preferred suppliers maintain alternate processesand/or facilities to ensure continuity of supply. Although Lexmark plans in anticipation of its future requirements, should these components not be available from any one of these suppliers, there can be no assurance that production of certain of the Company’s products would not be disrupted.
| |
17. | COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
Commitments
Lexmark is committed under operating leases (containing various renewal options) for rental of office and manufacturing space and equipment. Rent expense (net of rental income) was $55.6 million, $55.1 million and $49.9 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Future minimum rentals under terms of non-cancelable operating leases (net of sublease rental income commitments) as of December 31, 2008, were as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2009 | | | 2010 | | | 2011 | | | 2012 | | | 2013 | | | Thereafter | |
| |
|
Minimum lease payments (net of sublease rental income) | | $ | 35.7 | | | $ | 24.7 | | | $ | 16.0 | | | $ | 9.8 | | | $ | 4.7 | | | $ | 3.0 | |
|
Contingencies
In accordance with SFAS No. 5,Accounting for Contingencies,Lexmark records a provision for a loss contingency when management believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company believes it has adequate provisions for any such matters.
Legal proceedings
On December 30, 2002 (“02 action”) and March 16, 2004 (“04 action”), the Company filed claims against Static Control Components, Inc. (“SCC”) in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Kentucky (the “District Court”) alleging violation of the Company’s intellectual property and state law rights. Similar claims in a separate action were filed by the Company in the District Court against David Abraham and Clarity Imaging Technologies, Inc. (“Clarity”) on October 8, 2004. SCC and Clarity have filed counterclaims against the Company in the District Court alleging that the Company engaged in anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct and unfair and deceptive trade practices in violation of the Sherman Act, the Lanham Act and state laws. SCC has stated in its legal documents that it is seeking approximately $17.8 million to $19.5 million in damages for the Company’s alleged anticompetitive conduct and approximately $1 billion for Lexmark’s alleged violation of the Lanham Act. Clarity has not stated a damage dollar amount. SCC and Clarity are seeking treble damages, attorney fees, costs and injunctive relief. On September 28, 2006, the District Court dismissed the counterclaims filed by SCC alleging that the Company engaged in anti-competitive and monopolistic conduct and unfair and deceptive trade practices in violation of the Sherman Act, the Lanham Act and state laws. On October 13, 2006, SCC filed a Motion for Reconsideration of the District Court’s Order dismissing SCC’s claims, or in the alternative, to amend its pleadings, which the District Court denied on June 1, 2007. On October 13, 2006, the District Court issued an order to stay the action brought against David Abraham and Clarity until a final judgment or settlement are entered into in the consolidated 02 and 04 actions. On June 20, 2007, the District Court Judge ruled that SCC directly infringed one of Lexmark’spatents-in-suit. On June 22, 2007, the jury returned a verdict that SCC did not
101
induce infringement of Lexmark’spatents-in-suit. As to SCC’s defense that the Company has committed patent misuse, in an advisory, non-binding capacity, the jury did find some Company conduct constituted misuse. In the jury’s advisory, non-binding findings, the jury also found that the relevant market was the cartridge market rather than the printer market and that the Company had unreasonably restrained competition in that market. On October 3, 2008, the District Court Judge issued a memorandum opinion denying various motions made by the Company that sought to reverse the jury’s finding that SCC did not induce infringement of Lexmark’spatents-in-suit. The District Court Judge did, however, grant the Company’s motion that SCC’s equitable defenses, including patent misuse, were moot. As a result, the jury’s advisory findings on misuse, including the jury’s finding that the relevant market was the cartridge market rather than the printer market and that the Company had unreasonably restrained competition in that market, were not adopted by the District Court. A final judgment for the 02 action and the 04 action has not yet been entered by the District Court.
The Company is also party to various litigation and other legal matters, including claims of intellectual property infringement and various purported consumer class action lawsuits alleging, among other things, various product defects and false and deceptive advertising claims, that are being handled in the ordinary course of business. In addition, various governmental authorities have from time to time initiated inquiries and investigations, some of which are ongoing, concerning the activities of participants in the markets for printers and supplies. The Company intends to continue to cooperate fully with those governmental authorities in these matters.
Although it is not reasonably possible to estimate whether a loss will occur as a result of these legal matters, or if a loss should occur, the amount of such loss, the Company does not believe that any legal matters to which it is a party is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. However, there can be no assurance that any pending legal matters or any legal matters that may arise in the future would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Copyright fees
Certain countries (primarily in Europe)and/or collecting societies representing copyright owners’ interests have taken action to impose fees on devices (such as scanners, printers and multifunction devices) alleging the copyright owners are entitled to compensation because these devices enable reproducing copyrighted content. Other countries are also considering imposing fees on certain devices. The amount of fees, if imposed, would depend on the number of products sold and the amounts of the fee on each product, which will vary by product and by country. The Company has accrued amounts that it believes are adequate to address the risks related to the copyright fee issues currently pending. The financial impact on the Company, which will depend in large part upon the outcome of local legislative processes, the Company’s and other industry participants’ outcome in contesting the fees and the Company’s ability to mitigate that impact by increasing prices, which ability will depend upon competitive market conditions, remains uncertain. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has accrued approximately $118 million and $117 million, respectively, for the pending copyright fee issues, including litigation proceedings, local legislative initiativesand/or negotiations with the parties involved.
As of December 31, 2008, approximately $56 million of the $118 million accrued for the copyright fee issues was related to single function printer devices sold in Germany prior to December 31, 2007. On December 6, 2007, the Bundesgerichtshof (the “German Federal Supreme Court”) issued a judgment in litigation brought by VerwertungsGesellschaft Wort (“VG Wort”), a collection society representing certain copyright holders, against Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), finding that single function printer devices sold in Germany prior to December 31, 2007 were not subject to the law authorizing the German copyright fee levy (German Federal Supreme Court, file reference I ZR 94/05). The Company and VG Wort entered into an agreement pursuant to which both VG Wort and the Company agreed to be bound by the outcome of the VG Wort/HP litigation. VG Wort filed a claim with the German Federal Constitutional Court (Bundesverfassungsgericht, the “Constitutional Court”) challenging the decision of the German
102
Federal Supreme Court. The Company believes the amount accrued represents its best estimate of the copyright fee issues currently pending.
For thoseall-in-oneand/or multifunctional devices (“AIO/MFDs”) sold in Germany prior to December 31, 2001, Lexmark has reached a satisfactory resolution with VG Wort and has paid the applicable copyright fee levies.
For those AIO/MFDs sold in Germany after December 31, 2001 through December 31, 2007, VG Wort instituted non-binding arbitration proceedings against the Company in December 2006 before the arbitration board of the Patent and Trademark Office relating to whether and to what extent copyright levies should be imposed on such AIO/MFDs. A non-binding proposal was served in the arbitration proceeding on December 24, 2008. This proposal has been rejected by the parties. VG Wort has the option to file a lawsuit against Lexmark in the Regional Appeal Court in Munich, Germany seeking levies onAIO/MFDs for the aforementioned period.
For those single function printer devices and AIO/MFDs sold in Germany by the Company after December 31, 2007, pursuant to the new German Copyright Act applicable as of January 1, 2008, the Company, other industry participants and the collecting societies have agreed upon an applicable levy rate for such sales of single function printer devices and AIO/MFDs and the Company has agreed to collect and pay such levies as appropriate.
The Company believes the amounts accrued represent its best estimate of the copyright fee issues currently pending and these accruals are included inAccrued liabilitieson the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
Lexmark manufactures and sells a variety of printing and multifunction products and related supplies and services and is primarily managed along its divisional segments: PSSD, formerly known as the Business market segment, and ISD, formerly known as the Consumer market segment. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on revenue and operating income, and does not include segment assets or other income and expense items for management reporting purposes. Segment operating income (loss) includes: selling, general and administrative; research and development; restructuring and related charges; and other expenses, certain of which are allocated to the respective segments based on internal measures and may not be indicative of amounts that would be incurred on a stand alone basis or may not be indicative of results of other enterprises in similar businesses. All other operating income (loss) includes significant expenses that are managed outside of the reporting segments. These unallocated costs include such items as information technology expenses, occupancy costs, stock-based compensation and certain other corporate and regional general and administrative expenses such as finance, legal and human resources.
The following table includes information about the Company’s reportable segments for the year ended December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Revenue: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
PSSD | | $ | 2,981.6 | | | $ | 2,999.2 | | | $ | 2,869.1 | |
ISD | | | 1,546.8 | | | | 1,974.7 | | | | 2,239.0 | |
|
|
Total revenue | | $ | 4,528.4 | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | $ | 5,108.1 | |
|
Operating income (loss): | | | | | | | | | | | | |
PSSD | | $ | 497.1 | | | $ | 612.0 | | | $ | 600.1 | |
ISD | | | 137.1 | | | | 93.4 | | | | 246.0 | |
All other | | | (357.0 | ) | | | (384.1 | ) | | | (403.6 | ) |
|
|
Total operating income (loss) | | $ | 277.2 | | | $ | 321.3 | | | $ | 442.5 | |
|
103
In connection with the Company’s restructuring plans, operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended December 31, 2008, includes restructuring-related charges of $23.0 million in ISD, $19.8 million in PSSD and $19.3 million in All other.
In connection with the 2007 Restructuring Plan, operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended December 31, 2007, included employee termination benefit charges of $13.9 million in ISD, $6.5 million in PSSD and $10.4 million in All other.
In connection with the 2006 restructuring, operating income (loss) noted above for the year ended December 31, 2006, included restructuring-related charges of $54.7 million in ISD, $35.2 million in PSSD and $31.2 million in All other. All other operating income also included a $9.9 million pension plan freeze benefit.
During 2008, 2007 and 2006, one customer, Dell, accounted for $595.7 million or approximately 13%, $717 million or approximately 14% and $744 million or approximately 15%, of the Company’s total revenue, respectively. Sales to Dell are included in both PSSD and ISD.
The following is revenue by geographic area for the year ended December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Revenue: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
United States | | $ | 1,864.8 | | | $ | 2,140.3 | | | $ | 2,245.3 | |
EMEA (Europe, the Middle East & Africa) | | | 1,742.9 | | | | 1,827.2 | | | | 1,843.1 | |
Other International | | | 920.7 | | | | 1,006.4 | | | | 1,019.7 | |
|
|
Total revenue | | $ | 4,528.4 | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | $ | 5,108.1 | |
|
Sales are attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers. Other International revenue includes exports from the U.S. and Europe.
The following is long-lived asset information by geographic area as of December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Long-lived assets: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
United States | | $ | 468.8 | | | $ | 416.9 | | | $ | 422.0 | |
EMEA (Europe, the Middle East & Africa) | | | 24.5 | | | | 34.3 | | | | 45.0 | |
Other International | | | 369.9 | | | | 417.8 | | | | 379.8 | |
|
|
Total long-lived assets | | $ | 863.2 | | | $ | 869.0 | | | $ | 846.8 | |
|
Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation.
The following is revenue by product category for the year ended December 31:
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2008 | | | 2007 | | | 2006 | |
| |
|
Revenue: | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Laser and inkjet printers | | $ | 1,196.8 | | | $ | 1,498.3 | | | $ | 1,663.0 | |
Laser and inkjet supplies | | | 3,117.5 | | | | 3,248.6 | | | | 3,211.6 | |
Other | | | 214.1 | | | | 227.0 | | | | 233.5 | |
|
|
Total revenue | | $ | 4,528.4 | | | $ | 4,973.9 | | | $ | 5,108.1 | |
|
104
| |
19. | QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | First
| | | Second
| | | Third
| | | Fourth
| |
(In Millions, Except Per Share Amounts) | | Quarter | | | Quarter | | | Quarter | | | Quarter | |
| |
|
2008: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Revenue | | $ | 1,175.1 | | | $ | 1,138.8 | | | $ | 1,130.7 | | | $ | 1,083.7 | |
Gross profit(1) | | | 435.5 | | | | 417.2 | | | | 367.7 | | | | 314.2 | |
Operating income(1) | | | 122.3 | | | | 100.9 | | | | 54.0 | | | | — | |
Net earnings(1) | | | 101.7 | | | | 83.7 | | | | 36.6 | | | | 18.1 | |
Basic EPS*(1) | | $ | 1.07 | | | $ | 0.89 | | | $ | 0.42 | | | $ | 0.23 | |
Diluted EPS*(1) | | | 1.07 | | | | 0.89 | | | | 0.42 | | | | 0.23 | |
Stock prices: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
High | | $ | 37.68 | | | $ | 37.18 | | | $ | 36.90 | | | $ | 32.75 | |
Low | | | 28.02 | | | | 30.36 | | | | 30.28 | | | | 23.25 | |
|
|
2007: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Revenue | | $ | 1,260.6 | | | $ | 1,208.2 | | | $ | 1,195.4 | | | $ | 1,309.7 | |
Gross profit(2) | | | 422.8 | | | | 370.2 | | | | 332.6 | | | | 438.0 | |
Operating income(2) | | | 121.1 | | | | 65.6 | | | | 20.5 | | | | 114.1 | |
Net earnings(2) | | | 92.4 | | | | 64.2 | | | | 45.2 | | | | 99.0 | |
Basic EPS*(2) | | $ | 0.96 | | | $ | 0.68 | | | $ | 0.48 | | | $ | 1.04 | |
Diluted EPS*(2) | | | 0.95 | | | | 0.67 | | | | 0.48 | | | | 1.04 | |
Stock prices: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
High | | $ | 73.20 | | | $ | 62.01 | | | $ | 49.73 | | | $ | 43.80 | |
Low | | | 57.81 | | | | 48.93 | | | | 35.71 | | | | 32.85 | |
|
| | |
| | The sum of the quarterly data may not equal annual amounts due to rounding. |
|
* | | The sum of the quarterly earnings per share amounts does not necessarily equal the annual earnings per share due to changes in average share calculations. This is in accordance with prescribed reporting requirements. |
|
(1) | | Net earnings for the first quarter of 2008 included $12.6 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans. |
|
| | Net earnings for the second quarter of 2008 included $8.8 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans. |
|
| | Net earnings for the third quarter of 2008 included $24.5 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans. |
|
| | Net earnings for the fourth quarter of 2008 included $46.8 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs in connection with the Company’s restructuring plans. |
|
(2) | | Net earnings for the first quarter of 2007 included $5.7 million of pre-tax project costs in connection with the Company’s 2006 actions and a $3.5 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Company’s Scotland facility. |
|
| | Net earnings for the second quarter of 2007 included $5.1 million of pre-tax project costs in connection with the 2006 actions, an $8.1 million pre-tax foreign exchange gain realized upon the substantial liquidation of the Company’s Scotland entity and adjustments of $4.8 million to previously recorded tax amounts. |
|
| | Net earnings for the third quarter of 2007 included $6.6 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges in connection with the 2007 Restructuring Plan, $8.0 million of pre-tax project costs in connection with the 2006 actions and a $13 million tax benefit due to the settlement of a tax audit outside the U.S. |
|
| | Net earnings for the fourth quarter of 2007 included $24.2 million and $3.4 million of pre-tax restructuring-related charges and project costs, respectively, in connection with the 2007 Restructuring Plan, $2.5 million of pre-tax project costs in connection with the 2006 actions and adjustments of $6.4 million to previously recorded tax amounts |
105
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lexmark International, Inc.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position and the related consolidated statements of earnings, of cash flows and of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive earnings present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lexmark International, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the Index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in 2006 and uncertain tax positions in 2007.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
106
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Lexington, Kentucky
February 25, 2009
107
| |
Item 9. | CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE |
None
| |
Item 9A. | CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES |
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2008. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and were effective as of December 31, 2008 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange ActRule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on page 106.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Beginning in the third quarter of 2006 and continuing through the fourth quarter of 2008, the Company continued its process of centralizing certain of its accounting and other finance functions and order-to-cash functions from various countries to shared service centers. As a result, certain changes in basic processes and internal controls and procedures for day-to-day accounting functions and financial reporting were made. In the second quarter of 2007, the Company migrated the majority of the transaction processing for after-sales service activities in the United States to a new software system. This migration continued for countries outside the United States during the fourth quarter of 2008. While management believes the changed controls along with additional compensating controls relating to financial reporting for affected processes are adequate and effective, management is continuing to evaluate and monitor the changes in controls and procedures as processes in each of these areas evolve.
Except for implementing the changes noted above, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2008, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
108
| |
Item 9B. | OTHER INFORMATION |
None
Part III
| |
Item 10. | DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE |
Except with respect to information regarding the executive officers of the Registrant and the Company’s code of ethics, the information required by Part III, Item 10 of thisForm 10-K is incorporated by reference herein, and made part of thisForm 10-K, from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the headings “Election of Directors” and “Report of the Finance and Audit Committee.” The information with respect to the executive officers of the Registrant is included under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 1 above. The Company has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers (including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller) and employees, known as the Code of Business Conduct. The Code of Business Conduct, as well as the Company’s Corporate Governance Principles and the charters of each of the committees of the board of directors, is available on the Corporate Governance section of the Company’s Investor Relations website athttp://investor.lexmark.com. The Company also intends to disclose on the Corporate Governance section of its Investor Relations website any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and any waivers from the provisions of the Code of Business Conduct that apply to the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or controller, and that relate to any elements of the code of ethics enumerated by the applicable regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission (Item 406(b) ofRegulation S-K). Anyone may request a free copy of the Corporate Governance Principles, the charters of each of the committees of the board of directors or the Code of Business Conduct from:
Lexmark International, Inc.
Attention: Investor Relations
One Lexmark Centre Drive
740 West New Circle Road
Lexington, Kentucky 40550
(859) 232-5568
The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) requires that the Chief Executive Officer of each listed Company certify annually to the NYSE that he or she is not aware of any violation by the Company of NYSE corporate governance listing standards as of the date of such certification. The Company submitted the certification of its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Paul J. Curlander, for 2008 with its Annual Written Affirmation to the NYSE on May 16, 2008.
The Securities and Exchange Commission requires that the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of the Company make certain certifications pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and file the certifications as exhibits with each Annual Report onForm 10-K. In connection with this Annual Report onForm 10-K filed with respect to the year ended December 31, 2008, these certifications were made by Paul J. Curlander, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and John W. Gamble, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, of the Company and are included as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Annual Report onForm 10-K.
| |
Item 11. | EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION |
Information required by Part III, Item 11 of thisForm 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, this
109
Form 10-K. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Discussion & Analysis,” “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report.”
| |
Item 12. | SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS |
Information required by Part III, Item 12 of thisForm 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, thisForm 10-K. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the headings “Security Ownership by Management and Principal Stockholders” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”
| |
Item 13. | CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE |
Information required by Part III, Item 13 of thisForm 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, thisForm 10-K. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the headings “Composition of Board and Committees,” “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.”
| |
Item 14. | PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES |
Information required by Part III, Item 14 of thisForm 10-K is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year, and of which information is hereby incorporated by reference in, and made part of, thisForm 10-K. The required information is included in the definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Auditors.”
Part IV
| |
Item 15. | EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES |
| |
(a) (1) | Financial Statements: |
Financial statements filed as part of thisForm 10-K are included under Part II, Item 8.
| |
(2) | Financial Statement Schedule: |
| | | | |
| | Pages InForm 10-K | |
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm included in Part II, Item 8 | | | 106 | |
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008: | | | | |
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts | | | 111 | |
|
All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or related Notes. |
(3) Exhibits
Exhibits for the Company are listed in the Index to Exhibits beginning onpage E-1.
110
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(A) | | (B) | | | (C) | | | (D) | | | (E) | |
| | | | | Additions | | | | | | | |
| | Balance at
| | | Charged to
| | | Charged to
| | | | | | Balance at
| |
| | Beginning
| | | Costs and
| | | Other
| | | | | | End of
| |
Description | | of Period | | | Expenses | | | Accounts | | | Deductions | | | Period | |
|
2006: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Provision for bad debt | | $ | 17.6 | | | $ | 1.6 | | | $ | — | | | $ | (4.3 | ) | | $ | 14.9 | |
Deferred tax asset valuation allowances | | | — | | | | 6.1 | | | | — | | | | — | | | | 6.1 | |
2007: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Provision for bad debt | | $ | 14.9 | | | $ | 1.5 | | | $ | — | | | $ | (1.4 | ) | | $ | 15.0 | |
Deferred tax asset valuation allowances | | | 6.1 | | | | (5.2 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | 0.9 | |
2008: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Provision for bad debt | | $ | 15.0 | | | $ | 1.7 | | | $ | — | | | $ | (1.1 | ) | | $ | 15.6 | |
Deferred tax asset valuation allowances | | | 0.9 | | | | (0.2 | ) | | | — | | | | — | | | | 0.7 | |
111
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Lexington, Commonwealth of Kentucky, on February 27, 2009.
LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Name: Paul J. Curlander
| | |
| Title: | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the following capacities and on the dates indicated.
| | | | | | |
Signature | | Title | | Date |
|
/s/ Paul J. Curlander Paul J. Curlander | | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | | February 27, 2009 |
| | | | |
/s/ John W. Gamble, Jr. John W. Gamble, Jr. | | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) | | February 27, 2009 |
/s/ Gary D. Stromquist Gary D. Stromquist | | Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) | | February 27, 2009 |
* Teresa Beck | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* William R. Fields | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* Ralph E. Gomory | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* Stephen R. Hardis | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* James F. Hardymon | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* Robert Holland, Jr. | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* Marvin L. Mann | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* Michael J. Maples | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* Jean-Paul L. Montupet | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
* Kathi P. Seifert | | Director | | February 27, 2009 |
| | | | |
/s/ *Robert J. Patton, Attorney-in-Fact *Robert J. Patton, Attorney-in-Fact | | | | |
112
Index to Exhibits
| | | | |
Number | | Description of Exhibits |
|
| 2 | | | Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 29, 2000, by and between Lexmark International, Inc. (the “Company”) and Lexmark International Group, Inc. (“Group”).(1) |
| 3 | .1 | | Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.(2) |
| 3 | .2 | | Company By-Laws, as Amended and Restated June 22, 2000.(2) |
| 3 | .3 | | Amendment No. 1 to Company By-Laws, as Amended and Restated June 22, 2000.(3) |
| 3 | .4 | | Amendment No. 2 to Company By-Laws, as Amended and Restated June 22, 2000.(4) |
| 4 | .1 | | Form of Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.(5) |
| 4 | .2 | | Form of First Supplemental Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee.(5) |
| 4 | .3 | | Form of Global Note of the Company’s 5.900% Senior Notes due 2013 (included in Exhibit 4.2).(5) |
| 4 | .4 | | Form of Global Note of the Company’s 6.650% Senior Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.2).(5) |
| 4 | .5 | | Specimen of Class A common stock certificate.(2) |
| 10 | .1 | | Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1990, between the Company and Canon Inc., and Amendment thereto.(6)* |
| 10 | .2 | | Agreement, dated as of March 26, 1991, between the Company and Hewlett-Packard Company.(6)* |
| 10 | .3 | | Patent Cross-License Agreement, effective October 1, 1996, between Hewlett-Packard Company and the Company.(7)* |
| 10 | .4 | | Amended and Restated Lease Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1991, between IBM and the Company, and First Amendment thereto.(8) |
| 10 | .5 | | Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of December 28, 2000, between IBM and the Company.(9) |
| 10 | .6 | | Credit Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2005, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Fleet National Bank and Citibank, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, and KeyBank National Association and SunTrust Bank, as Co-Documentation Agents.(10) |
| 10 | .7 | | Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 22, 2006, to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2005, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. (as successor by merger to Fleet National Bank) and Citibank, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, and KeyBank National Association and SunTrust Bank, as Co-Documentation Agents.(11) |
| 10 | .8 | | Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 23, 2007, to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2005, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. (as successor by merger to Fleet National Bank) and Citibank, N.A., as Co-Syndication Agents, and KeyBank National Association and SunTrust Bank, as Co-Documentation Agents.(12) |
| 10 | .9 | | Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2004, by and among Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Seller, CIESCO, LLC and Gotham Funding Corporation, as the Investors, Citibank, N.A. and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd., New York Branch (“BTM”), as the Banks, Citicorp North America, Inc. (“CNAI”) and BTM, as the Investor Agents, CNAI, as Program Agent for the Investors and Banks, and the Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(13) |
| 10 | .10 | | Amendment No. 1 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and among Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Seller, CIESCO, LLC, Gotham Funding Corporation, Citibank, N.A., BTM, and CNAI, as Program Agent, CNAI and BTM, as Investor Agents, and the Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(14) |
E-1
| | | | |
Number | | Description of Exhibits |
|
| 10 | .11 | | Amendment No. 2 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 6, 2006, by and among Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Seller, CIESCO, LLC and Gotham Funding Corporation, as the Investors, Citibank, N.A. and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch (“BTMUFJ”), CNAI, as Program Agent, CNAI and BTMUFJ, as Investor Agents, and the Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(15) |
| 10 | .12 | | Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2007, by and among Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Seller, CIESCO, LLC and Gotham Funding Corporation, as the Investors, Citibank, N.A. and BTMUFJ, CNAI, as Program Agent, CNAI and BTMUFJ, as Investor Agents, and the Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(11) |
| 10 | .13 | | Amendment No. 4 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and among Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Seller, CIESCO, LLC and Gotham Funding Corporation, as the Investors, Citibank, N.A. and BTMUFJ, CNAI, as Program Agent, CNAI and BTMUFJ, as Investor Agents, and the Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(16) |
| 10 | .14 | | Amendment No. 5 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2008, by and among Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Seller, Gotham Funding Corporation, BTMUFJ , as Program Agent, an Investor Agent and a Bank, and the Company, as Collection Agent and Originator.(17) |
| 10 | .15 | | Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2001, by and between the Company, as Seller, and Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Purchaser.(3) |
| 10 | .16 | | Amendment to Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2002, by and between the Company, as Seller, and Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Purchaser.(18) |
| 10 | .17 | | Amendment No. 2 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2003, by and between the Company, as Seller, and Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Purchaser.(19) |
| 10 | .18 | | Amendment No. 3 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2004, by and between the Company, as Seller, and Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Purchaser.(13) |
| 10 | .19 | | Amendment No. 4 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2005, by and between the Company, as Seller, and Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Purchaser.(14) |
| 10 | .20 | | Amendment No. 5 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between the Company, as Seller, and Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Purchaser.(16) |
| 10 | .21 | | Amendment No. 6 to Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2008, by and between the Company, as Seller, and Lexmark Receivables Corporation, as Purchaser.(17) |
| 10 | .22 | | Lexmark International, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective January 1, 2009.+ |
| 10 | .23 | | Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Lexmark International, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated. (20)+ |
| 10 | .24 | | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement pursuant to the Lexmark International, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated.+ |
| 10 | .25 | | Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement pursuant to the Lexmark International, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated.+ |
| 10 | .26 | | Lexmark International Group, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, Amended and Restated, effective April 30, 1998. (21)+ |
| 10 | .27 | | Amendment No. 1 to the Lexmark International Group, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of February 11, 1999. (22)+ |
| 10 | .28 | | Amendment No. 2 to the Lexmark International Group, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of April 29, 1999. (23)+ |
| 10 | .29 | | Amendment No. 3 to the Lexmark International Group, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of July 24, 2003. (24)+ |
| 10 | .30 | | Amendment No. 4 to the Lexmark International, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of April 22, 2004. (25)+ |
| 10 | .31 | | Amendment No. 5 to the Lexmark International, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, dated as of December 19, 2008.+ |
E-2
| | | | |
Number | | Description of Exhibits |
|
| 10 | .32 | | Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Lexmark International, Inc. Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, as Amended and Restated. (26)+ |
| 10 | .33 | | Lexmark International, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective January 1, 2009.+ |
| 10 | .34 | | Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Lexmark International, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan. (15)+ |
| 10 | .35 | | Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement pursuant to the Lexmark International, Inc. 2005 Nonemployee Director Stock Plan. (15)+ |
| 10 | .36 | | Form of Amended and Restated Agreement pursuant to the Company’s2006-2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (17)+ |
| 10 | .37 | | Form of Amended and Restated Agreement pursuant to the Company’s2007-2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (17)+ |
| 10 | .38 | | Form of Agreement pursuant to the Company’s2008-2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (17)+ |
| 10 | .39 | | Lexmark International, Inc. Senior Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as Amended and Restated, effective January 1, 2009.+ |
| 10 | .40 | | Form of Employment Agreement entered into as of November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and each of Paul J. Curlander, John W. Gamble, Jr., Paul A. Rooke, Martin S. Canning and Jeri L. Isbell. (17)+ |
| 10 | .41 | | Form of Change in Control Agreement entered into as of November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and each of Paul J. Curlander, John W. Gamble, Jr. and Paul A. Rooke. (17)+ |
| 10 | .42 | | Form of Change in Control Agreement entered into as of November 1, 2008, by and between the Company and each of Martin S. Canning and Jeri L. Isbell. (17)+ |
| 10 | .43 | | Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into as of April 30, 1998, by and among the Company, Group and each of Paul J. Curlander and Paul A. Rooke; entered into as of September 6, 2005, by and between the Company and John W. Gamble, Jr.; entered into as of July 27, 2007, by and between the Company and Martin S. Canning; and entered into as of June 1, 2003, by and between the Company and Jeri L. Isbell. (26)+ |
| 10 | .44 | | Description of Compensation Payable to Nonemployee Directors. (27)+ |
| 12 | .1 | | Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. |
| 21 | | | Subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2008. |
| 23 | | | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. |
| 24 | | | Power of Attorney. |
| 31 | .1 | | Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant toRule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
| 31 | .2 | | Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant toRule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), As Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
| 32 | .1 | | Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
| 32 | .2 | | Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
| | |
* | | Confidential treatment previously granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
|
+ | | Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement. |
|
(1) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(2) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(3) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
E-3
| | |
(4) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed with the Commission on December 20, 2006 (Commission File No. 1-14050). |
|
(5) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed with the Commission on May 22, 2008 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(6) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’sForm S-1 Registration Statement, Amendment No. 2 (RegistrationNo. 33-97218) filed with the Commission on November 13, 1995. |
|
(7) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q/A for the quarter ended September 30, 1996 (Commission File No. 1-14050). |
|
(8) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’sForm S-1 Registration Statement (RegistrationNo. 33-97218) filed with the Commission on September 22, 1995. |
|
(9) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(10) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed with the Commission on January 20, 2005 (Commission File No. 1-14050). |
|
(11) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(12) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(13) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed with the Commission on October 13, 2004 (Commission File No. 1-14050). |
|
(14) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(15) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(16) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(17) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(18) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2002 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(19) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(20) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(21) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(22) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(23) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1999 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(24) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(25) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004 (Commission fileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(26) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998 (Commission FileNo. 1-14050). |
|
(27) | | Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed with the Commission on February 27, 2007 (Commission File No. 1-14050). |
E-4